Sinumerik Alarm 4065 Buffered memory was restored from backup medium (potential loss of data!)
Definitions:
Only occurs with PC-NC. A possible data integrity error was detected in the buffered memory during power-up.The buffered memory was initialized with the last backup copy. Changes in the buffered memory, which have been made since the last backup copy update, have been lost. Backup copies of the buffered memory are updated (on the hard disk) every time the control is shut down normally.
!! Only for 802D: The reason for this procedure is that the backup time is exceeded. Make sure that the required operating time of the control corresponds to the specifications in your Installation & Start-up Guide. The current backup copy of the buffered memory has been created by the last internal data backup via the “Save data” soft key on the HMI.
Reactions:
– Alarm display.
– Interface signals are set.
– NC not ready.
– NC Start disable in this channel.
Remedy:
Start the control again.
Program Continuation:
Switch control OFF – ON.
References
- Siemens Diagnostics Guide by Siemens
Sinumerik Alarm 4065 Buffered memory was restored from backup medium (potential loss of data!)
1001 System error %1
1002 System error %1
1003 Alarm pointer for this self-clearing alarm %1 is zero
1004 Alarm reaction to NCK alarm incorrectly configured
1005 Operating system error %1 parameter %2 %3 %4
1010 Channel %1 system error %2 action %3
1011 Channel %1 %3 %4 system error %2
1012 Channel %1 system error %2 %3 %4
1013 Channel %1 system error %2
1014 Channel %1 system error %2
1015 Channel %1 axis %2 system error %3
1016 Channel %1 axis %2 system error %3
1017 Channel %1 axis %2 system error %3
1018 Floating point arithmetic error in channel %1 task %2 station %3 FPU state %4 %4
1019 Floating point arithmetic error at address %3 in channel %1 task %2 FPU state %4
1030 System error in link module error code %1 error type %2
1031 Link module generated an unspecified error %1 NCU %2 %3 %4
1100 No valid firmware
1160 Assertion failed in %1: %2
2000 PLC sign-of-life monitoring
2001 PLC has not started up
2100 NCK battery warning threshold reached
2101 NCK battery alarm
2102 NCK battery alarm
2110 NCK temperature alarm
2120 NCK fan alarm
2130 5V/24V encoder or 15V D/A converter under voltage
2140 The actual service switch position forces a SRAM to be cleared at the next Power On (general reset active)
2190 Hardware plug-in module for communication with the digitizer missing
2192 No NCU link module exists, MD %1 reset
2193 Safety Integrated is not available for link axis %1.
2195 Channel %1 axis %2 high-speed punching/nibbling not possible via link
2196 Link axis active and $MN_MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE != %1
2900 Reboot is delayed
3000 Emergency stop
3001 Internal emergency stop
4000 Channel %1 machine data %2[%3] has gap in axis assignment
4001 Channel %1 axis %2 defined for more than one channel via machine data %3
4002 Channel %1 machine data %2[%3] assigns an axis not defined in channel
4003 Axis %1 incorrect assignment of master channel in machine data %2
4004 Channel %1 machine data %2 axis %3 defined repeatedly as geometry axis
4005 Maximum number of axes in channel %1 exceeded. Limit %2
4007 Axis %1 incorrect assignment of master NCU in machine data %2
4010 Invalid identifier used in machine data %1[%2]
4011 Channel %1 invalid identifier used in machine data %2[%3]
4012 Invalid identifier used in machine data %1[%2]
4013 Invalid NCU link configuration by machine data %1 = %2 , on NCU_1 = %3
4014 Axis %1 defined several times in %2
4016 Axis %1 already used by NCU %2
4017 Axis container %1, location %2 already used by NCU %3
4018 Axis container %1, location %2 not used by any channel
4019 Axis container %1 advance not allowed with current status of NCU %2
4020 Identifier %1 used several times in machine data %2
4021 Channel %1 identifier %2 used several times in machine data %3
4022 Axis container %3 switch not allowed: ext. zero offset active channel %1 axis %2
4023 Axis container %1 switch not allowed, axis container %2 switch active
4024 Invalid axis configuration due to missing axis container machine data
4025 Axis container %3 switch not allowed: master/slave active channel %1 axis %2
4026 Machine data %1[%2], link axis NC%3_AX%4 not used by any channel
4027 Notice: MD %1 was also changed for the other axes of axis container %2
4028 Notice! The axial MDs of the axes of the axis containers were matched.
4029 Notice: the axial MDs in axis container %1 will be matched on the next power-up
4030 Channel %1 axis identifier missing in machine data %2[%3]
4031 Channel %1 link axis %2 defined for more than one channel in machine data %3
4032 Channel %1 wrong identifier for facing axis in %2
4033 Notice: NCU link communication still not connected
4034 Local link axis %1 is not allowed for different interpolation cycle time = %2/%3
4035 Interpolation cycle from NCU%1 = %2 does not match NCU%3 = %4
4036 Wrong NCU link configuration by MD %1
4040 Channel %1 axis identifier %2 not consistent with machine data %3
4045 Channel %1 conflict between machine data %2 and machine data %3
4050 NC code identifier %1 cannot be reconfigured to %2
4060 Standard machine data loaded
4062 Backup data loaded
4065 Buffered memory was restored from backup medium (potential loss of data!)
4066 Buffered memory of FFS restored from backup medium (potential loss of data!)
4070 Normalizing machine data has been altered
4073 Compile cycle functions define machine data number %1 several times
4075 Machine data %1 (and maybe others) not altered due to missing permission level %2
4076 %1 Machine data could not be altered with permission level %2
4077 New value %1 of MD %2 not set. Requested %3 bytes too much %4 memory.
4080 Incorrect configuration of indexing axis in MD %1
4090 Too many errors during power-up
4100 System cycle time/scan time divider corrected for digital drive
4102 Default values for drive cycle times differ
4110 IPO factor increased to %1
4111 PLC cycle increased to %1 ms
4112 Servo cycle changed to %1 ms
4113 Sysclock cycle changed to %1 ms
4114 Error in DP cycle of SDB1000
4115 Time ratio communication to Ipo changed to %1
4150 Channel %1 invalid M function sub program call configured
4152 Illegal configuration of the Block display with absolute values function
4160 Channel %1 invalid M function number configured for spindle switchover
4170 Invalid M function number for channel synchronisation assigned
4180 Invalid M function number assigned to enable ASUP
4181 Channel %1 invalid assignment of an M auxiliary function number
4182 Channel %1 invalid M auxiliary function number in %2%3, MD reset
4183 Channel %1 M auxiliary function number %2 used several times (%3 and %4)
4184 Channel %1 illegally predefined auxiliary function in %2%3, MD reset
4185 Channel %1 illegal auxiliary function configured %2 %3 %4
4200 Channel %1 geometry axis %2 must not be declared a rotary axis
4210 Channel %1 spindle %2 declaration as rotary axis missing
4215 Channel %1 spindle %2 declaration as modulo axis missing
4220 Channel %1 spindle %2 declared repeatedly
4225 Channel %1 axis %2 declaration as rotary axis missing
4230 Channel %1 data alteration from external not possible in current channel state
4240 Runtime overflow for IPO cycle or position controller cycle, IP %1
4250 FastPlcCom functionality not available
4252 PLCIO read error: %1
4254 PLCIO write error: %1
4260 Machine data %1 illegal
4270 Machine data %1 assigns not activated NCK input/output byte %2
4275 Machine data %1 and %2 both assign the same NCK output byte no. %3 several times
4280 Assignment of NCK input/output byte via MD %1[%2] does not match hardware configuration
4282 Hardware of external NCK outputs assigned repeatedly
4285 Error on terminal block %1, error code %2
4290 Local P-bus sign-of-life monitoring
4291 Module in local P-bus slot %1 error codes %2 %3 %4 %2 %3 %4
4300 Declaration in MD %1 is not allowed for geometry axis/spindle %2.
4310 Declaration in MD %1 index %2 is not allowed.
4320 Axis %1 function %2 %3 and %4 not allowed
4334 Channel %1 The amount of fine correction in parameter %2 of the orientable toolholder %3 is too large
4336 Channel %1 orientable toolholder no. %2 for orientation transformation %3 does not exist
4338 Channel %1 invalid transformation type %2 in toolholder %3 for orientation transformer %4
4340 Channel %1 block %2 invalid transformation type in transformation no. %3
4341 Channel %1 block %2 no data set available for transformation no. %3
4342 Channel %1 invalid machine data for general 5-axis transformation error no. %2
4343 Channel %1 attempt made to change the machine data of an active transformation.
4345 Channel %1 invalid configuration in chained transformation no.%2
4346 Channel %1 invalid geoaxis assignment in machine data %2[%3]
4347 Channel %1 invalid channel axis assignment in machine data %2[%3]
4350 Channel %1 axis identifier %2 machine data %3 not consistent with machine data %4
4400 MD alteration will cause reorganisation of buffered memory (loss of data!)
4502 Channel %1 anachronism %2(%3) -> %4
5000 Communication job not executable %1
6000 Memory reorganized using standard machine data
6010 Channel %1 data block %2 not or not completely created, error code %3
6020 Machine data have been altered now memory is reorganized
6030 Limit of user memory has been adapted
6035 Instead of %1 KB the system has only %2 KB of free user memory of type %3
6100 Error while creating %1, error number %2 %3
6401 Channel %1 tool change not possible: Empty location for tool %2 Duplo no. %3 on magazine %4 not available.
6402 Channel %1 tool change not possible. Magazine no. %2 not available
6403 Channel %1 tool change not possible. Magazine location number %2 on magazine %3 not available.
6404 Channel %1 tool change not possible. Tool %2 not available or not usable
6405 Channel %1 command %2 has invalid PLC acknowledge parameter %3 identifier %4
6406 Channel %1 PLC acknowledge for command %2 is missing
6407 Channel %1 tool %2 cannot be placed in magazine %3 on location %4.Invalid definition of magazine!
6410 TO unit %1 tool %2 / Duplo no. %3 has reached its pre warning limit with D = %4
6411 Channel %1 tool %2 / Duplo no. %3 has reached its prewarning limit with D = %4
6412 TO unit %1 tool %2 / Duplo no. %3 has reached its monitoring limit with D = %4
6413 Channel %1 tool %2 / Duplo no. %3 has reached its monitoring limit with D = %4
6421 Channel %1 tool move not possible. Empty location for tool %2 Duplo no. %3 on magazine %4 not available.
6422 Channel %1 tool move not possible. Magazine no. %2 not available.
6423 Channel %1 tool move not possible. Location %2 on magazine %3 not available.
6424 Channel %1 tool move not possible. Tool %2 not available/not usable.
6425 Channel %1 tool %2 cannot be placed in magazine %3 on location %4. Invalid definition of magazine!
6430 Workpiece counter: overflow in table of monitored cutting edges.
6431 Function not allowed. Tool management/monitoring is not active.
6432 Function not executable. No tool assigned to tool holder/spindle
6433 Channel %1 block %2 %3 not available with tool management
6434 Channel %1 block %2 NC command SETMTH not allowed because tool holder function not active
6441 Writing of $P_USEKT not allowed.
6442 Channel %1 function not executable. No tool assigned to desired magazine/magazine location %2.
6450 Channel %1 tool change not possible. Invalid magazine location no. %2 in buffer magazine
6451 Channel %1 tool change not possible. No buffer magazine defined.
6452 Channel %1 tool change not possible. Tool holder/spindle number = %2 not defined.
6453 Channel %1 tool change not possible. No assignment between toolholder/spindle no. = %2 and buffer magazine location %3
6454 Channel %1 tool change not possible. No distance relation available.
6500 NC memory full
6510 Too many part programs in the NC memory
6520 The value of the machine data %1%2 is too low
6530 Too many files in directory
6540 Too many directories in the NC memory
6550 Too many subdirectories
6560 Data format not allowed
6570 NC memory full
6580 NC memory full
6600 NC card memory is full
6610 Too many files open on NC card
6620 NC card has incorrect format
6630 NC card hardware is defective
6640 NC card is not inserted
6650 Write protection of NC card is active
6660 Flash File System option is not set
6670 NC card read active
6671 NC card write active
6690 Cycles from NC card cannot be copied to the passive file system.
6691 Cycles from the passive file system cannot be saved on the NC card
6692 Cycle %1 lost
6693 File %1 lost
6698 Unknown NC card (%1/%2). Writing not possible.
6700 Channel %1 value of the machine data %2%3 is too low
7000 Too many compile cycle alarms defined
7010 Range of MMC alarm numbers for compile cycles exceeded
7020 Compile cycle alarm number has not been defined
7100 Compile cycles VDI area: %1 byte for inputs and %2 byte for outputs. Maximum %3 bytes available.
7200 Problem with externally linked compile cycle %1 %2
7201 Assertion error in %1 line %2
7202 Missing option bit for %1: %2
8000 Channel %1 option user interrupt programs not set
8010 Option activation of more than %1 axes not set
8020 Option activation of more than %1 channels not set
8021 Option activation of more than %1 mode groups not set
8022 Option activation of more than %1KB SRAM not set
8030 Channel %1 block %2 option interpolation of more than 4 axes not set
8032 Option activation of more than %1 link axes not set
8034 Option activation of axis containers not set
8036 Option: it is not allowed to set different IPO cycles or position control cycles with NCU link.
8038 Option activation of more than %1 lead link axes not set
8040 Machine data %1 reset, corresponding option is not set
8041 Axis %1: MD %2 reset, corresponding option not sufficient
8044 Option for IPO cycle time %1 ms not set
8045 Option for selected cycle settings not set
8080 %1 options are activated without setting the license key
8081 %1 options are activated that are not licensed by the license key
8082 The license key was entered three times, Power On required before next try.
8098 Invalid combination of options (%1)
8100 Channel %1 block %2: function not possible
10203 Channel %1 NC start without reference point
10207 Channel %1 error when selecting or deselecting the digitize function
10208 Channel %1 continue program with NC start
10209 Channel %1 internal NC stop after block search
10222 Channel %1 inter-channel communication not possible
10223 Channel %1: Command %2 is already occupied
10225 Channel %1: command denied
10299 Channel %1 Auto-Repos function is not enabled
10600 Channel %1 block %2 auxiliary function during thread cutting active
10601 Channel %1 block %2 zero velocity at block end point during thread cutting
10604 Channel %1 block %2 thread lead increase too high
10605 Channel %1 block %2 thread lead decrease too high
10607 Channel %1 block %2 thread with frame not executable
10610 Channel %1 axis %2 not stopped
10620 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 at software limit switch %4
10621 Channel %1 axis %2 rests on software limit switch %3
10630 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 at working area limit %4
10631 Channel %1 axis %2 rests at working area limit %3
10650 Channel %1 axis %2 incorrect gantry machine data, error code %3
10651 Channel %1 illegal gantry configuration. Error code %2
10652 Channel %1 axis %2 gantry warning threshold exceeded
10653 Channel %1 axis %2 gantry error threshold exceeded
10654 Channel %1 waiting for synchronization start of gantry group %2
10655 Channel %1 synchronization of gantry group %2 in progress
10656 Channel %1 axis %2 gantry alarm not yet used
10700 Channel %1 block %2 NCK protection zone %3 violated during automatic or MDA mode
10701 Channel %1 block %2 channel-specific protection zone %3 violated during automatic or MDA mode
10702 Channel %1 NCK protection zone %2 violated during manual mode
10703 Channel %1 channel-specific protection zone %2 violated during manual mode
10704 Channel %1 block %2 protection zone monitoring is not guaranteed
10706 Channel %1 NCK protection zone %2 reached with axis %3 during manual mode
10707 Channel %1 channel-specific protection zone %2 reached with axis %3 during manual mode
10710 Channel %1 block %2 conflict with centre less grinding
10720 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 software limit switch %4
10721 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 software limit switch %4
10730 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 working area limitation %4
10731 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 working area limitation %4
10740 Channel %1 block %2 too many empty blocks in WAB programming
10741 Channel %1 block %2 direction reversal with WAB infeed motion
10742 Channel %1 block %2 WAB distance invalid or not programmed
10743 Channel %1 block %2 WAB programmed several times
10744 Channel %1 block %2 no valid WAB direction defined
10745 Channel %1 block %2 WAB end position not clear
10746 Channel %1 block %2 block search stop for WAB
10747 Channel %1 block %2 retraction direction not defined for WAB
10748 Channel %1 block %2 illegal retract plane with WAB
10750 Channel %1 block %2 tool radius compensation activated without tool number
10751 Channel %1 block %2 danger of collision due to tool radius compensation
10752 Channel %1 block %2 overflow of local block buffer with tool radius compensation
10753 Channel %1 block %2 selection of the tool radius compensation only possible in linear block
10754 Channel %1 block %2 deselection of the tool radius compensation only possible in linear block
10755 Channel %1 block %2 selection of the tool radius compensation via KONT not possible at the current starting point
10756 Channel %1 block %2 deselection of the tool radius compensation via KONT not possible at the programmed end point
10757 Channel %1 block %2 changing the compensation plane while tool radius compensation is active not possible
10758 Channel %1 block %2 curvature radius with variable compensation value too small
10759 Channel %1 block %2 path is parallel to tool orientation
10760 Channel %1 block %2 helical axis is not parallel to tool orientation
10761 Channel %1 block %2 tool radius compensation for ellipse with more than one revolution not possible
10762 Channel %1 block %2 too many empty blocks between two traversing blocks with active tool radius compensation
10763 Channel %1 block %2 path component of the block in the compensation plane becomes zero
10764 Channel %1 block %2 discontinuous path with active tool radius compensation
10765 Channel %1 block %2 3D tool radius compensation not possible
10766 Channel %1 illegal change of surface orientation between block %2 and block %3
10767 Channel %1 block %2 processing with tilt angle unequal 0 not possible
10768 Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool orientation with 3D tool radius compensation
10769 Channel %1 block %2 Illegal surface normal vector with 3D tool radius compensation
10770 Channel %1 block %2 change of corner type due to change of orientation with active tool radius compensation
10771 Channel %1 block %2 overflow of local block buffer due to orientation smoothing
10772 Channel %1 block %2 illegal orientation change when activating or deactivating 3D face cutting
10773 Channel %1 illegal tool orientation in block %2 at inside corner with block %3
10774 Channel %1 illegal tool dimensions with face cutting in block %2
10775 Channel %1 illegal tool change with face cutting in block %2
10776 Channel %1 block%2 axis %3 must be geometry axis if tool radius compensation is active
10777 Channel %1 block %2 tool radius compensation: too many blocks with suppression of compensation
10778 Channel %1 block %2 preprocessing stop with active tool radius compensation
10779 Channel %1 block %2 preprocessing stop with active tool radius compensation
10780 Channel %1 block %2 preprocessing stop with active tool radius compensation
10781 Channel %1 block %2 illegal orientation of involute with tool radius compensation
10782 Channel %1 block %2 illegal curve type with tool radius compensation
10783 Channel %1 block %2 tool radius compensation type requires orientation transformation
10784 Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool for tool radius compensation with constraint surface
10790 Channel %1 block %2 plane change during linear programming with angles
10791 Channel %1 block %2 invalid angle during linear programming
10792 Channel %1 block %2 illegal interpolation type during linear programming with angles
10793 Channel %1 block %2 second block missing during linear programming with angles
10794 Channel %1 block %2 angle specification missing in second block during linear interpolation with angles
10795 Channel %1 block %2 end point specification during angle programming contradictory
10800 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 is not a geometry axis
10805 Channel %1 block %2 repositioning after switch of geometry axes or transformation
10810 Channel %1 block %2 master spindle not defined
10820 Channel %1 rotary axis/spindle %2 not defined
10860 Channel %1 block %2 feedrate not programmed
10861 Channel %1 block %3 velocity of positioning axis %2 is zero
10862 Channel %1 block %2 master spindle also used as path axis
10870 Channel %1 block %2 facing axis not defined
10880 Channel %1 block %2 too many empty blocks between two traversing blocks when inserting chamfers or radii
10881 Channel %1 block %2 overflow of local block buffer when inserting chamfers or radii
10882 Channel %1 block %2 activation of chamfers or radii (non-modal) without traversing movement in the block
10883 Channel %1 block %2 chamfer or fillet has to be reduced
10890 Channel %1 block %2 overflow of local block buffer when calculating splines
10891 Channel %1 block %2 multiplicity of node is greater than its order
10900 Channel %1 block %2 no S value programmed for constant cutting speed
10910 Channel %1 block %2 excessive velocity of one path axis
10911 Channel %1 block %2 transformation prohibits to traverse the pole
10912 Channel %1 block %2 preprocessing and main run might not be synchronized
10913 Channel %1 block %2 negative feed profile is ignored
10914 Movement not possible while transformation active in channel %1, block %2
10930 Channel %1 block %2 interpolation type not allowed in stock removal contour
10931 Channel %1 block %2 incorrect stock removal contour
10932 Channel %1 block %2 preparation of contour has been restarted
10933 Channel %1 block %2 contour program does not contain enough contour blocks
10934 Channel %1 block %2 array for contour segmentation is set too small
10940 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: delete/overwrite not possible
10941 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: NC memory full
10942 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: illegal instruction during definition
10943 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: direction reversal of lead value in the block not allowed
10944 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: illegal transformation
10945 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: illegal coupling of axes
10946 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: no contour defined
10947 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: contour not continuous
10948 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: position jump at end of period
10949 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: missing master axis motion
10950 Channel %1 calculation of arc length function too inaccurate
10951 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: following value period is zero
10955 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: missing master axis motion
10956 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3: NC memory limit DRAM reached
10960 Channel %1 block %2 COMPCURV/COMPCAD and radius compensation cannot be used simultaneously
10961 Channel %1 block %2 maximum cubic polynomials are allowed on active radius compensation.
10962 Channel %1 block %2 function %3 not possible with path correction
12000 Channel %1 block %2 address %3 programmed repeatedly
12010 Channel %1 block %2 address %3 address type programmed too often
12020 Channel %1 block %2 illegal address modification
12030 Channel %1 block %2 invalid parameter or data type in %3
12040 Channel %1 block %2 expression %3 is not of data type AXIS
12050 Channel %1 block %2 DIN address %3 not configured
12060 Channel %1 block %2 same G group programmed repeatedly
12070 Channel %1 block %2 too many syntax-defining G functions
12080 Channel %1 block %2 syntax error in text %3
12090 Channel %1 block %2 unexpected parameter %3
12100 Channel %1 block %2 number of passes %3 not permissible
12110 Channel %1 block %2 block syntax cannot be interpreted
12120 Channel %1 block %2 G function not separately programmed
12130 Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool orientation
12140 Channel %1 block %2 functionality %3 not implemented
12150 Channel %1 block %2 operation %3 not compatible with data type
12160 Channel %1 block %2 range of values exceeded
12170 Channel %1 block %2 identifier %3 defined repeatedly
12180 Channel %1 block %2 illegal chaining of operators %3
12190 Channel %1 block %2 variable of type ARRAY has too many dimensions
12200 Channel %1 block %2 symbol %3 cannot be created
12210 Channel %1 block %2 string %3 too long
12220 Channel %1 block %2 binary constant %3 in string too long
12230 Channel %1 block %2 hexadecimal constant %3 in string too long
12240 Channel %1 block %2 tool orientation %3 defined repeatedly
12250 Channel %1 block %2 nested macro %3 not possible
12260 Channel %1 block %2 too many initialization values specified %3
12261 Channel %1 block %2 initialization of %3 not allowed
12270 Channel %1 block %2 macro identifier %3 already defined
12280 Channel %1 block %2 maximum macro length %3 exceeded
12290 Channel %1 block %2 arithmetic variable % 3 not defined
12300 Channel %1 block %2 call-by-reference parameter missing on subroutine call %3
12310 Channel %1 block %2 axis parameter missing on procedure call %3
12320 Channel %1 block %2 parameter %3 is no variable
12330 Channel %1 block %2 type of parameter %3 incorrect
12340 Channel %1 block %2 number of parameters too high %3
12350 Channel %1 block %2 parameter %3 no longer possible
12360 Channel %1 block %2 dimension of parameter %3 incorrect
12370 Channel %1 block %2 range of values %3 not permissible
12380 Channel %1 block %2 maximum memory capacity reached
12390 Channel %1 block %2 initialization value %3 cannot be converted
12400 Channel %1 block %2 field %3 element does not exist
12410 Channel %1 block %2 incorrect index type for %3
12420 Channel %1 block %2 identifier %3 too long
12430 Channel %1 block %2 specified index is invalid
12440 Channel %1 block %2 maximum number of formal arguments exceeded
12450 Channel %1 block %2 label defined twice
12460 Channel %1 block %2 maximum number of symbols exceeded with %3
12470 Channel %1 block %2 G function %3 is unknown
12475 Channel %1 block %2 invalid G function number %3 programmed
12480 Channel %1 block %2 subroutine %3 already defined
12490 Channel %1 block %2 access permission level %3 is not valid
12500 Channel %1 block %2 in this module %3 is not possible
12510 Channel %1 block %2 too many machine data %3
12520 Channel %1 block %2 too many tool parameters %3
12530 Channel %1 block %2 invalid index for %3
12540 Channel %1 block %2 Block is too long or too complex
12550 Channel %1 block %2 name %3 not defined or option not installed
12552 Channel %1 block %2 tool/magazine OEM parameter not defined. Option not set.Option not set.
12560 Channel %1 block %2 programmed value %3 exceeds allowed limits
12570 Channel %1 block %2 too many motion synchronous actions in %3
12571 Channel %1 block %2 %3 not permissible for motion synchronous action
12572 Channel %1 block %2 %3 only permissible for motion synchronous action
12580 Channel %1 block %2 %3 not permissible for assignment in motion synchronous action
12581 Channel %1 block %2 invalid read access to %3 while in motion synchronous action
12582 Channel %1 block %2 field index %3 incorrect
12583 Channel %1 block %2 variable %3 no system variable
12584 Channel %1 block %2 variable %3 cannot be read synchronously with motion
12585 Channel %1 block %2 variable %3 cannot be changed synchronously with motion
12586 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: type conflict in variable %3
12587 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: operation/function %3 not allowed
12588 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: address %3 not allowed
12589 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: variable %3 not allowed with modal ID
12590 Channel %1 block %2 global user data cannot be created
12600 Channel %1 block %2 invalid line checksum
12610 Channel %1 block %2 accessing single character with call-by-reference parameter not possible %3
12620 Channel %1 block %2 accessing this variable as single character not possible
12630 Channel %1 block %2 skip ID/label in control structure not allowed
12640 Channel %1 block %2 invalid nesting of control structures
12641 Channel %1 block %2 maximum nesting depth of control structures exceeded
12650 Channel %1 block %2 axis identifier %3 different in channel %4
12660 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: variable %3 reserved for motion synchronous actions and technology cycles
12661 Channel %1 block %2 technology cycle %3: no further subprogram call possible
12700 Channel %1 block %2 contour definition programming not allowed as modal sub program is active
12701 Channel %1 block %2 illegal interpolation type for contour definition active
12710 Channel %1 block %2 illegal language element in external language mode
12720 Channel %1 block %2 program number for macro call (G65/G66) missing
12722 Channel %1 block %2 multiple ISO_2/3 macro or cycle calls in the block
12724 Channel %1 block %2 no radius programmed for cylinder interpolation activation/deactivation
12726 Channel %1 block %2 illegal plane selection with parallel axes
12728 Channel %1 block %2 distance for double turret not set
12730 Channel %1 block %2 no valid transformation machine data parametrized
12740 Channel %1 block %2 modal macro call %3 not possible
14000 Channel %1 block %2 illegal end of file
14001 Channel %1 block %2 illegal end of block
14009 Channel %1 block %2 illegal program path %3
14010 Channel %1 block %2 invalid default parameter in subroutine call
14011 Channel %1 block %2 program %3 not existing or will be edited
14012 Channel %1 block %2 maximum subroutine level exceeded
14013 Channel %1 block %2 number of subroutine passes invalid
14014 Channel %1 selected program %3 not available or will be edited
14015 Channel %1 block %2 program %3 is not enabled
14016 Channel %1 block %2 error when calling the subroutine via M/T function
14017 Channel %1 block %2 syntax error when calling the subroutine via M function
14020 Channel %1 block %2 wrong value or wrong number of parameters on function or procedure call
14021 Channel %1 block %2 wrong value or wrong number of parameters on function or procedure call
14025 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: illegal modal ID
14026 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: invalid polynomial number in the FCTDEF command
14030 Channel %1 block %2 combine OSCILL and POSP during oscillation with in feed motion
14033 Channel %1 block %2 involute: no end point programmed
14034 Channel %1 block %2 involute: angle of rotation too large
14035 Channel %1 block %2 involute: start point invalid
14036 Channel %1 block %2 involute: end point invalid
14037 Channel %1 block %2 involute: radius invalid
14038 Channel %1 block %2 involute not definable: end point error
14039 Channel %1 block %2 involute: end point programmed several times
14040 Channel %1 block %2 error in end point of circle
14045 Channel %1 block %2 error in tangential circle programming
14048 Channel %1 block %2 wrong number of revolutions in circle programming
14050 Channel %1 block %2 nesting depth for arithmetic operations exceeded
14051 Channel %1 block %2 arithmetic error in part program
14060 Channel %1 block %2 invalid skip level with differential block skip
14070 Channel %1 block %2 memory for variables not sufficient for subroutine call
14080 Channel %1 block %2 jump destination %3 not found
14082 Channel %1 block %2 label %3 program section not found
14085 Channel %1 block %2 instruction not allowed
14088 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 doubtful position
14090 Channel %1 block %2 illegal D number
14091 Channel %1 block %2 illegal function, index %3 %3
14092 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is wrong axis type
14093 Channel %1 block %2 path interval
14094 Channel %1 block %2 polynominal degree greater than 3 programmed for polynominal interpolation
14095 Channel %1 block %2 radius for circle programming too small
14096 Channel %1 block %2 illegal type conversion
14097 Channel %1 block %2 string cannot be converted to AXIS type
14098 Channel %1 block %2 conversion error: no valid number found
14099 Channel %1 block %2 result in string concatenation too long
14100 Channel %1 block %2 orientation transformation not available
14101 Channel %1 block %2 orientation transformation not active
14102 Channel %1 block %2 polynominal degree greater than 5 programmed for orientation vector angle
14110 Channel %1 block %2 Euler angles and orientation vector components programmed
14111 Channel %1 block %2 Euler angles, orientation vector and transformation axes programmed
14112 Channel %1 block %2 programmed orientation path not possible
14113 Channel %1 block %2 programmed lead angle too large
14114 Channel %1 block %2 programmed tilt angle too large
14115 Channel %1 block %2 illegal definition of workpiece surface
14116 Channel %1 block %2 absolute orientation programmed while ORIPATH is active
14117 Channel %1 block %2 no angle or direction of the cone programmed
14118 Channel %1 block %2 no end orientation programmed
14119 Channel %1 block %2 no intermediate orientation programmed
14120 Channel %1 block %2 plane determination for programmed orientation not possible
14122 Channel %1 block %2 angle and direction of the cone programmed
14123 Channel %1 block %2 nutation angle of the cone too small
14124 Channel %1 block %2 start tangent for orientation is zero
14125 Channel %1 block %2 programmed rotation is not possible
14129 Channel %1 block %2 orientation angles and orientation vector components programmed
14130 Channel %1 block %2 too many initialization values given
14131 Channel %1 block %2 orientation axes and lead/tilt angles programmed
14132 Channel %1 block %2 orientation axes incorrectly configured
14133 Channel %1 block %2 G code for orientation definition not allowed
14134 Channel %1 block %2 G code for orientation interpolation not allowed
14140 Channel %1 block %2 position programming without transformation not allowed
14144 Channel %1 block %2 PTP movement not allowed
14146 Channel %1 block %2 CP or PTP movement without transformation not allowed
14148 Channel %1 illegal reference system for Cartesian manual traverse
14150 Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool carrier number programmed or declared (MD)
14151 Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool carrier rotation
14152 Channel %1 block %2 tool carrier: invalid orientation. Error code: %3
14153 Channel %1 block %2 unknown tool carrier type: %3
14154 Channel %1 block %2 The amount of fine correction in parameter %3 of the orientable tool holder %4 is too large
14155 Channel %1 block %2 invalid base frame definition for tool carrier offset
14156 Channel %1 toolholder selection error at reset
14157 Channel %1 block %2 illegal interpolation type with MOVT
14159 Channel %1 block %2 more than two angles programmed with ROTS or AROTS
14160 Channel %1 block %2 tool length selection without geometry axis specification
14165 Channel %1 block %2 active T number does not match selected tool
14170 Channel %1 block %2 illegal interpolation type with tool length compensation
14180 Channel %1 block %2 H number is not defined
14185 Channel %1 block %2 D number is not defined
14190 Channel %1 block %2 H number with G49
14195 Channel %1 block %2 D number with G49
14197 Channel %1 block %2 D number and H number programmed simultaneously
14198 Channel %1 block %2 illegal change of tool direction with tool offset
14199 Channel %1 block %2 illegal plane change for tool with diameter component
14200 Channel %1 block %2 negative polar radius
14210 Channel %1 block %2 polar angle too large
14250 Channel %1 block %2 negative pole radius
14260 Channel %1 block %2 pole angle too large
14270 Channel %1 block %2 pole programmed incorrectly
14280 Channel %1 block %2 polar coordinates programmed incorrectly
14290 Channel %1 block %2 poly nominal degree greater than 5 programmed for poly nominal interpolation
14300 Channel %1 block %2 overlaid handwheel motion activated incorrectly
14310 Handwheel %1 configuration incorrect or inactive
14400 Channel %1 block %2 tool radius compensation active at transformation switchover
14401 Channel %1 block %2 transformation not available
14402 Channel %1 block %2 spline active at transformation change
14403 Channel %1 block %2 preprocessing and main run might not be synchronized
14404 Channel %1 block %2 illegal parametrization of transformation
14410 Channel %1 block %2 spline active at geometry axis changeover
14411 Channel %1 block %2 tool radius compensation active at geometry axis changeover
14412 Channel %1 block %2 transformation active at geometry axis changeover
14413 Channel %1 block %2 fine tool correction: changeover geometry/channel axis not allowed
14414 Channel %1 block %2 GEOAX function: incorrect call
14415 Channel %1 block %2 tangent control: changeover geometry/channel axis not allowed
14420 Channel %1 block %2 index axis %3 frame not allowed
14500 Channel %1 block %2 illegal DEF or PROC instruction in the part program
14510 Channel %1 block %2 PROC instruction missing on subroutine call
14520 Channel %1 block %2 illegal PROC instruction in data definition section
14530 Channel %1 block %2 EXTERN and PROC instruction do not correspond
14600 Channel %1 block %2 reload buffer %3 cannot be established
14601 Channel %1 block %2 reload buffer could not be deleted
14602 Channel %1 block %2 timeout during EXTCALL
14610 Channel %1 block %2 compensation block not possible
14650 Channel %1 block %2 SETINT instruction with invalid ASUP input
14660 Channel %1 block %2 SETINT instruction with invalid priority
14700 Channel %1 block %2 timeout during command to interpreter
14701 Channel %1 block %2 number of available NC blocks reduced by %3
14710 Channel %1 block %2 error in initialization sequence in function %3
14720 Channel %1 block %2 axes for centerless transformation not available
14730 Channel %1 block %2 conflict at activation of centerless transformation
14740 Channel %1 block %2 no tool data available for centerless grinding
14745 Channel %1 block %2 centerless grinding not active
14750 Channel %1 block %2 too many auxiliary functions programmed
14751 Channel %1 block %2 resources for motion synchronous actions not sufficient (code: %3)
14752 Channel %1 block %2 DELDTG | STOPREOF conflict
14753 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous actions with illegal interpolation type
14754 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous actions and wrong feed type
14755 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous actions without traverse motion
14756 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action and wrong value
14757 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action and wrong type
14758 Channel %1 block %2 programmed value not available
14759 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action and wrong axis type
14760 Channel %1 block %2 auxiliary function of a group programmed repeatedly
14761 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: DELDTG function not allowed with active tool radius compensation
14762 Channel %1 block %2 too many PLC variables programmed
14763 Channel %1 block %2 too many link variables programmed
14764 NCU link cannot transfer all link variables immediately
14765 NCU link cannot transfer all link variables
14766 NCU link is heavily loaded, impending memory shortage
14767 Machine data matching via NCU link not complete
14770 Channel %1 block %2 auxiliary function programmed incorrectly
14780 Channel %1 block %2 unreleased option used
14790 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 programmed by PLC
14800 Channel %1 block %2 programmed path speed less or equal to zero
14810 Channel %1 block %2 negative axis speed programmed for positioning axis %3
14811 Channel %1 block %2 incorrect value range for acceleration of axis/spindle %3
14812 Channel %1 block %2 SOFTA not available for axis %3
14815 Channel %1 block %2 negative thread lead change programmed
14820 Channel %1 block %2 negative value for maximum spindle speed programmed with constant cutting speed
14821 Channel %1 block %2 error in selection or deselection of GWPS
14822 Channel %1 block %2 incorrect programming of GWPS
14823 Channel %1 block %2 error on selection or deselection of tool monitoring
14824 Channel %1 block %2 conflict with GWPS
14840 Channel %1 block %2 incorrect value range for constant cutting speed
14900 Channel %1 block %2 center point and end point programmed simultaneously
14910 Channel %1 block %2 invalid angle of aperture for programmed circle
14920 Channel %1 block %2 intermediate point of circle incorrect
15000 Channel %1 block %2 channel-sync instruction using illegal mark
15010 Channel %1 block %2 program coordination instruction with invalid channel number
15020 Channel %1 block %2 CHANDATA instruction cannot be executed. Channel %3 is not active
15021 Channel %1 block %2 CHANDATA instruction with invalid channel number
15025 CHANDATA(%2): channel is not active. Channel data will be ignored.
15030 Channel %1 block %2 different measurement system settings
15100 Channel %1 block %2 REORG abort caused by log file overflow
15110 Channel %1 block %2 REORG not possible
15150 Channel %1 block %2 reload from external aborted
15160 Channel %1 block %2 wrong preprocessing configuration
15165 Channel %1 block %2 error when translating or interpreting PLC Asup %3
15166 Channel %1 user system asup _N_ASUP_SPF not available
15170 Channel %1 block %2 program %3 could not be compiled
15171 Channel %1 block %2 compiled program %3 older than the relevant subroutine
15175 Channel %1 block %2 program %3. Interfaces could not be built
15180 Channel %1 block %2 program %3 cannot be executed as INI file
15185 Channel %1 %2 errors in INI file
15190 Channel %1 block %2 not enough free memory for subroutine call
15300 Channel %1 block %2 invalid number-of-passed-blocks during block search
15310 Channel %1 block %2 file requested during block search is not available
15320 Channel %1 block %2 invalid block search command
15330 Channel %1 block %2 invalid block number as search target
15340 Channel %1 block %2 invalid label as search target
15350 Channel %1 block %2 search target not found
15360 Channel %1 illegal target of block search (syntax error)
15370 Channel %1 target of block search not found
15380 Channel %1 block %2 illegal incremental programming in axis %3
15390 Channel %1 block %2 %3 not executed during block search
15395 Channel %1 master-slave not executable during block search
15400 Channel %1 block %2 selected initial init file does not exist
15410 Channel %1 block %2 initialization file contains invalid M function
15420 Channel %1 block %2 instruction in current mode not allowed
15450 Channel %1 block %2 compiled program cannot be stored
15460 Channel %1 block %2 syntax error with modal function
15500 Channel %1 block %2 illegal angle of shear
15700 Channel %1 block %2 illegal cycle alarm number %3
15800 Channel %1 block %2 wrong starting conditions for CONTPRON/CONTDCON
15810 Channel %1 block %2 wrong array dimension for CONTPRON/CONTDCON
15900 Channel %1 block %2 touch probe not allowed
15910 Channel %1 block %2 touch probe not allowed
15950 Channel %1 block %2 no traverse motion programmed
15960 Channel %1 block %2 no traverse motion programmed
16000 Channel %1 block %2 invalid value for lifting direction
16005 Channel %1 block %2 invalid value for lifting distance
16010 Channel %1 block %2 machining stop after lift fast
16015 Channel %1 block %2 wrong axis identifier %3
16016 Channel %1 block %2 no retraction position programmed for axis %3
16020 Channel %1 repositioning in block %2 is not possible
16100 Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 not available in the channel
16105 Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 cannot be assigned
16110 Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 for dwell time not in control mode
16120 Channel %1 block %2 invalid index for tool fine compensation
16130 Channel %1 block %2 instruction not allowed with FTOCON
16140 Channel %1 block %2 FTOCON not allowed
16150 Channel %1 block %2 invalid spindle number with PUTFTOCF
16200 Channel %1 block %2 spline and polynominal interpolation not available
16300 Channel %1 block %2 denominator polynominal with zero places within parameter range not allowed
16400 Channel %1 block %2 positioning axis %3 cannot participate in spline
16410 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is not a geometry axis
16420 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 programmed repeatedly
16421 Channel %1 block %2 angle %3 programmed repeatedly in the block
16422 Channel %1 block %2 angle %3 programmed repeatedly in the block
16423 Channel %1 block %2 angle %3 programmed repeatedly in the block
16424 Channel %1 block %2 coordinate %3 programmed repeatedly in the block
16430 Channel %1 block %2 geometry axis %3 cannot traverse as positioning axis in rotated coordinate system
16440 Channel %1 block %2 rotation programmed for non-existent geometry axis
16500 Channel %1 block %2 chamfer or rounding negative
16510 Channel %1 block %2 no facing axis available
16700 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 invalid feed type
16710 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 master spindle not programmed
16715 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 spindle not in standstill
16720 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 thread lead is zero
16730 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 wrong parameter
16740 Channel %1 block %2 no geometry axis programmed
16750 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 SPCON not programmed
16751 Channel %1 block %2 spindle/axis %3 SPCOF not executable
16755 Channel %1 block %2 no stop required
16760 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 S value missing
16761 Channel %1 block %2 axis/spindle %3 not programmable in the channel
16762 Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 thread function is active
16763 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 programmed speed is illegal (zero or negative)
16770 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 no measuring system available
16771 Channel %1 following axis %2 overlaid movement not enabled
16776 Channel %1 block %2 curve table %3 does not exist for axis %4
16777 Channel %1 block %2 coupling: following axis %3 for lead axis %4 not available
16778 Channel %1 block %2 coupling: Ring coupling at following axis %3 and leading axis %4 impermissible
16779 Channel %1 block %2 coupling: too many couplings for axis %3, see active leading axis %4
16780 Channel %1 block %2 following spindle/axis missing
16781 Channel %1 block %2 master spindle/axis missing
16782 Channel %1 block %2 following spindle/axis %3 not available
16783 Channel %1 block %2 master spindle/axis %3 not available
16785 Channel %1 block %2 identical spindles/axes %3
16787 Channel %1 block %2 coupling parameter not changeable
16788 Channel %1 block %2 cyclic coupling
16789 Channel %1 block %2 multiple link
16790 Channel %1 block %2 Parameter is zero or missing
16791 Channel %1 block %2 parameter is not relevant
16792 Channel %1 block %2 too many couplings for axis/spindle %3
16793 Channel %1 block %2 coupling of axis %3 prohibits transformation change
16794 Channel %1 block %2 coupling of axis/spindle %3 prohibits reference point approach
16795 Channel %1 block %2 string cannot be interpreted
16796 Channel %1 block %2 coupling not defined
16797 Channel %1 block %2 coupling is active
16798 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is following axis and prohibits axis container rotation
16799 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is master axis and prohibits axis container rotation
16800 Channel %1 block %2 traverse instruction DC/CDC for axis %3 not allowed
16810 Channel %1 block %2 traverse instruction ACP for axis %3 not allowed
16820 Channel %1 block %2 traverse instruction ACN for axis %3 not allowed
16830 Channel %1 block %2 incorrect position programmed for axis/spindle %3
16903 Channel %1 program control: action %2 not allowed in the current state
16904 Channel %1 program control: action %2 not allowed in the current state
16905 Channel %1 program control: action %2 not allowed
16906 Channel %1 program control: action %2 is aborted due to an alarm
16907 Channel %1 action %2 only possible in stop state
16908 Channel %1 action %2 only possible in reset state or at the block end
16909 Channel %1 action %2 not allowed in current mode
16911 Channel %1 mode change is not allowed
16912 Channel %1 program control: action %2 only possible in reset state
16913 Mode group %1 channel %2 mode change: action %3 not allowed
16914 Mode group %1 channel %2 mode change: action %3 not allowed
16915 Channel %1 action %2 not allowed in the current block
16916 Channel %1 repositioning: action %2 not allowed in the current state
16918 Channel %1 for action %2 all channels must be in reset state
16919 Channel %1 action %2 is not allowed due to a pending alarm
16920 Channel %1 action %2 is already active
16921 Channel %1 mode group %2 machine data: channel/mode group assignment not allowed or assigned twice
16922 Channel %1 subprograms: action %2 maximum nesting depth exceeded
16923 Channel %1 program control: action %2 not allowed in the current state
16924 Channel %1 caution: program test modifies tool management data
16925 Channel %1 program control: action %2 not allowed in the current state, action %3 active
16926 Channel %1 channel coordination: action %2 not allowed in block %3, marker %4 is already set
16927 Channel %1 action %2 at active interrupt treatment not allowed
16928 Channel %1 interrupt treatment: action %2 not possible
16930 Channel %1: preceding block and current block %2 must be separated through an executable block
16931 Channel %1 subprograms: action %2 maximum nesting depth exceeded
16932 Channel %1 conflict when activating user data type %2
16933 Channel %1 interrupt treatment: action %2 not allowed in the current state
16934 Channel %1 interrupt treatment: action %2 not possible due to stop
16935 Channel %1 action %2 not possible due to search run
16936 Channel %1 action %2 not possible due to active dry run
16937 Channel %1 action %2 not possible due to program test
16938 Channel %1 action %2 aborted due to active gear change
16939 Channel %1 action %2 rejected due to active gear change
16940 Channel %1 action %2 wait for gear change
16941 Channel %1 action %2 rejected because no program event has been executed yet
16942 Channel %1 start program command action %2 not possible
16943 Channel %1 action %2 not possible due to ASUP
16944 Channel %1 action %2 not possible due to active search blocks
16945 Channel %1 action %2 delayed up to the block end
16946 Channel %1 start via START is not allowed
16947 Channel %1 start via PLC is not allowed
16948 Channel %1 dependent channel %2 still active
16949 Correspondence between marker of channel %1 and channel %2 is invalid.
16950 Channel %1 search run with hold block
16951 Channel %1 search run in a program section that cannot be searched
17000 Channel %1 block %2 maximum number of symbols exceeded
17001 Channel %1 block %2 no memory left for tool/magazine data
17010 Channel %1 block %2 no memory left
17020 Channel %1 block %2 illegal array index 1
17030 Channel %1 block %2 illegal array index 2
17040 Channel %1 block %2 illegal axis index
17050 Channel %1 block %2 illegal value
17055 Channel %1 block %2 GUD variable not existing
17060 Channel %1 block %2 requested data area too large
17070 Channel %1 block %2 data is write-protected
17080 Channel %1 block %2 %3 value below lower limit
17090 Channel %1 block %2 %3 value exceeds upper limit
17095 Channel %1 block %2 invalid value
17100 Channel %1 block %2 digital input/comparator no. %3 not activated
17110 Channel %1 block %2 digital output no. %3 not activated
17120 Channel %1 block %2 analog input no. %3 not activated
17130 Channel %1 block %2 analog output no. %3 not activated
17140 Channel %1 block %2 NCK output %3 is assigned to a function via machine data
17150 Channel %1 block %2 maximum of %3 NCK outputs programmable in the block
17160 Channel %1 block %2 no tool selected
17170 Channel %1 block %2 number of symbols too large
17180 Channel %1 block %2 illegal D number
17181 Channel %1 block %2 T no.= %3, D no.= %4 not existing
17182 Channel %1 block %2 illegal sum correction number
17188 Channel %1 D number %2 defined in tool T no. %3 and %4
17189 Channel %1 D number %2 of tools defined on magazine/location %3 and %4
17190 Channel %1 block %2 illegal T number
17191 Channel %1 block %2 T= %3 not existing, program %4
17192 TO unit %1 invalid tool designation of %2, duplo no. %3. No more replacement tools possible in %4.
17193 Channel %1 block %2 the active tool is no longer on toolholder no./spindle no. %3, program %4
17194 Channel %1 block %2 no suitable tool found
17200 Channel %1 block %2 deleting tool data not possible
17202 Channel %1 block %2 deleting magazine data not possible
17210 Channel %1 block %2 access to variable not possible
17212 Channel %1 tool management: Load manual tool %3, duplo no. %2 onto spindle/ toolholder %4
17214 Channel %1 tool management: remove manual tool %3 from spindle/toolholder %2
17216 Channel %1 tool management: remove manual tool from spindle/toolholder %4 and load manual tool %3, duplo no. %2
17220 Channel %1 block %2 tool not existing
17230 Channel %1 block %2 Duplo no. already assigned
17240 Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool definition
17250 Channel %1 block %2 illegal magazine definition
17260 Channel %1 block %2 illegal magazine location definition
17262 Channel %1 block %2 illegal tool adapter operation
17270 Channel %1 block %2 call-by-reference: illegal variable
17500 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is not an indexing axis
17501 Channel %1 block %2 indexing axis %3 with Hirth tool system is active
17502 Channel %1 block %2 indexing axis %3 with Hirth tooth system stop is delayed
17503 Channel %1 block %2 indexing axis %3 with Hirth tooth system and axis not referenced
17510 Channel %1 block %2 invalid index for indexing axis %3
17600 Channel %1 block %2 preset on transformed axis %3 not possible
17605 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 transformation active: inhibits rotation of axis container
17610 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 involved in the transformation, action cannot be carried out
17620 Channel %1 block %2 approaching fixed point for transformed axis %3 not possible
17630 Channel %1 block %2 referencing for transformed axis %3 not possible
17640 Channel %1 block %2 spindle operation for transformed axis %3 not possible
17650 Channel %1 block %2 machine axis %3 not programmable
17800 Channel %1 block %2 illegally coded position programmed
17900 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is no machine axis
18000 Channel %1 block %2 NCK-specific protection zone %3 wrong. Error code %4
18001 Channel %1 block %2 channel-specific protection zone %3 incorrect. Error code %4
18002 Channel %1 block %2 NCK protection zone %3 cannot be activated. Error code %4
18003 Channel %1 block %2 NCK protection zone %3 cannot be activated.Error code %4
18004 Channel %1 block %2 orientation of workpiece-related protection zone %3 does not correspond to the orientation of tool-related protection zone %4
18005 Channel %1 block %2 serious error in definition of NCK-specific protection zone %3
18006 Channel %1 block %2 serious error in definition of channel-specific protection zone %3
18100 Channel %1 block %2 invalid value assigned to FXS[]
18101 Channel %1 block %2 invalid value assigned to FXST[]
18102 Channel %1 block %2 invalid value assigned to FXSW[]
18200 Channel %1 block %2 curve table: block search stop not allowed with definition CTABDEF
18201 Channel %1 block %2 curve table: table %3 does not exist
18202 Channel %1 block %2 curve table: instruction CTABEND without CTABDEF not allowed
18300 Channel %1 block %2 frame: fine shift not possible
18310 Channel %1 block %2 frame: illegal rotation
18311 Channel %1 block %2 frame: illegal instruction
18312 Channel %1 block %2 frame: fine shift not configured
18313 Channel %1 block %2 frame: illegal switchover of geometry axes
18314 Channel %1 block %2 frame: type conflict
18400 Channel %1 block %2 language change not possible:
20000 Channel %1 axis %2 reference cam not reached
20001 Channel %1 axis %2 no cam signal present
20002 Channel %1 axis %2 zero mark not found
20003 Channel %1 axis %2 measuring system error
20004 Channel %1 axis %2 reference mark missing
20005 Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approach aborted
20006 Channel %1 axis %2 reference point creep velocity not reached
20007 Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approach requires 2 measuring systems
20008 Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approach requires second referenced measuring system
20050 Channel %1 axis %2 handwheel mode active
20051 Channel %1 axis %2 handwheel mode not possible
20052 Channel %1 axis %2 already active
20053 Channel %1 axis %2 DRF, FTOCON, external zero point offset not possible
20054 Channel %1 axis %2 wrong index for indexing axis in JOG mode
20055 Channel %1 master spindle not present in JOG mode
20056 Channel %1 axis %2 no revolutional feedrate possible. Axis/spindle %3 stationary
20057 Channel %1 block %2 revolutional feedrate for axis/spindle %3 is
20058 Channel %1 axis %2 revolutional feedrate: illegal feed source
20060 Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be traversed as geometry axis
20061 Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be traversed as orientation axis
20062 Channel %1 axis %2 already active
20063 Channel %1 axis %2 orientation axes cannot be traversed without transformation
20065 Channel %1 master spindle not defined for geometry axes in JOG mode
20070 Channel %1 axis %2 programmed end position is behind software limit switch %3
20071 Channel %1 axis %2 programmed end position is behind working area limit %3
20072 Channel %1 axis %2 is not an indexing axis
20073 Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be repositioned
20074 Channel %1 axis %2 wrong index position
20075 Channel %1 axis %2 can currently not oscillate
20076 Channel %1 axis %2 oscillating mode change not possible
20077 Channel %1 axis %2 programmed position is behind software limit switch %3
20078 Channel %1 axis %2 programmed position is behind working area limit %3
20079 Channel %1 axis %2 oscillation path length %3
20080 Channel %1 axis %2 no handwheel assigned for overlaid motion
20085 Channel %1 contour handwheel: traverse direction or overtravel of beginning of block not allowed
20090 Axis %1 travel to fixed stop not possible. Check programming and axis data.
20091 Axis %1 has not reached fixed stop
20092 Axis %1 travel to fixed stop still active
20093 Axis %1 standstill monitoring at fixed-stop end point has been triggered
20094 Axis %1 function has been aborted
20095 Axis %1 illegal torque, current torque %2
20096 Axis %1 brake test aborted, additional information %2
20100 Channel %1: invalid configuration for digitizing function
20101 Communication with the digitizer not possible
20102 Channel %1: No or invalid trafo at digitizing active
20103 Channel %1: digitizing module does not support 3+2 axis digitizing
20105 Channel %1: axes stopped by digitizer. Error code: %2
20106 Emergency stop set by the digitizer
20108 Invalid data package received from the digitizer. Error codes: %1, %2
20109 Error in communication with the digitizer: status code of com-circuit: %1
20120 Axis %1: too many compensation relations
20121 Axis %1: Configuration error in compensation table %2
20122 Compensation table %1: invalid axis assignment
20123 Axis %1: different output assignment of multiplied tables
20124 Axis %1: sum of compensation values too large
20125 Axis %1: change of compensation value is too rapid
20130 Channel %1 contour tunnel monitoring
20140 Channel %1 motion synchronous action: traversing of command axis %2 see NC alarm %3
20141 Channel %1 motion synchronous action: illegal axis type
20142 Channel %1 command axis %2: rotation of axis container already enabled
20143 Channel %1 axis %2 command axis cannot be started as it is controlled by the PLC
20144 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: system variable access not possible
20145 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: arithmetic error
20146 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: nesting depth exceeded
20147 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: command not executable
20148 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: internal error %3
20149 Channel %1 block %2 motion synchronous action: illegal index
20150 Channel %1 tool management: PLC terminates interrupted command
20160 Channel %1 tool management: PLC can terminate only incorrectly aborted commands
20170 Channel %1 machine data $AC_FIFO invalid
20200 Channel %1 invalid spindle number %2 with tool fine compensation
20201 Channel %1 spindle %2 no tool assigned
20203 Channel %1 no active tool
20204 Channel %1 PUTFTOC command not allowed with FTOCOF
20210 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 wrong values for centerless grinding
20211 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 support point beyond range limits
21600 Monitoring for ESR active
21610 Channel %1 axis %2 encoder %3 frequency limit exceeded
21611 Channel %1 NC-controlled Extended Stop/Retract triggered
21612 Channel %1 axis %2 VDI signal Servo enable reset during motion
21613 Axis %1 measuring system changing
21614 Channel %1 axis %2 hardware limit switch %3
21615 Channel %1 axis %2 taken from traverse mode to follow-up mode
21616 Channel %1 block %2 overlaid motion active at transformation switchover
21617 Channel %1 block %2 transformation does not allow to traverse the pole
21618 Channel %1 as from block %2 transformation active: overlaid motion too great
21619 Channel %1 block %2 transformation active: motion not possible
21650 Channel %1 axis %2 overlaid motion not allowed
21660 Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 conflict between SYNACT: $AA_OFF and CORROF
21665 Channel %1 $AA_TOFF cleared
21670 Channel %1 block %2 illegal change of tool direction with $AA_TOFF active
21700 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 touch probe already deflected, edge polarity not possible
21701 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 measurement not possible
21702 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 measurement aborted
21703 Channel %1 block %3 axis %2 touch probe not deflected, illegal edge polarity
21740 Output value at analog output no. %1 has been limited
21750 Error during output of cam signals via timer
21760 Channel %1 block %2 too many auxiliary functions programmed
21800 Channel %1 workpiece setpoint %2 reached
22000 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 change of gear stage not possible
22010 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 actual gear stage differs from requested gear stage
22011 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 change to programmed gear stage not possible
22012 Channel %1 block %2 leading spindle %3 is in simulation.
22013 Channel %1 block %2 dependent spindle %3 is in simulation.
22014 Channel %1 block %2. The dynamics of leading spindle %3 and dependent spindle %4 is too variably
22020 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 gear step change position not reached
22040 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 is not referenced with zero marker
22045 Block %2 spindle/axis %3 not available in channel %1 because active in channel %4
22050 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 no transition from speed control mode to position control mode
22051 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 reference mark not found
22052 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 no standstill on block change
22053 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 reference mode not supported
22054 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 improper punching signal
22055 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 configured positioning speed is too high
22060 Channel %1 position control expected for axis/spindle %2
22062 Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approach: zero marker search velocity (MD) is not reached
22064 Channel %1 axis %2 reference point approach: zero marker search velocity (MD) is too high
22065 Channel %1 tool management: Tool motion is not possible, as tool %2 with Duplo no. %3 is not in magazine %4
22066 Channel %1 tool management: Tool change is not possible, as tool %2 with Duplo no. %3 is not in magazine %4
22067 Channel %1 tool management: tool change not possible since there is no tool available in tool group %2
22068 Channel %1 block %2 tool management: no tool available in tool group %3
22069 Channel %1 block %2 tool management: No tool available in tool group %3, program %4
22070 TO unit %1 Please change tool T= %2 into magazine. Repeat data backup
22071 TO unit %1 tool %2 duplo no. %3 is active, but not in the magazine area under consideration
22100 Channel %1 block %3 spindle %2 chuck speed exceeded
22200 Channel %1 spindle %2 axis stopped during tapping
22250 Channel %1 spindle %2 axis stopped during thread cutting
22260 Channel %1 spindle %2 thread might be damaged
22270 Channel %1 block %2 maximum velocity of thread axis at position %3 reached
22275 Channel %1 block %2 zero velocity of thread axis at position %3 reached
22280 Channel %1 in block %2: Prog. acceleration path too short %3, %4 required
22320 Channel %1 block %2 PUTFTOCF command could not be transferred
22321 Channel %1 axis %2 PRESET not allowed during traverse motion
22322 Channel %1 axis %2 PRESET: illegal value
25000 Axis %1 hardware fault of active encoder
25001 Axis %1 hardware fault of passive encoder
25010 Axis %1 pollution of measuring system
25011 Axis %1 pollution of passive encoder
25020 Axis %1 zero mark monitoring of active encoder
25021 Axis %1 zero mark monitoring of passive encoder
25022 Axis %1 encoder %2 warning %3
25030 Axis %1 actual velocity alarm limit
25031 Axis %1 actual velocity warning limit
25040 Axis %1 standstill monitoring
25042 Axis %1 standstill monitoring during torque/force limitation
25050 Axis %1 contour monitoring
25060 Axis %1 speed setpoint limitation
25070 Axis %1 drift value too large
25080 Axis %1 positioning monitoring
25100 Axis %1 measuring system switchover not possible
25105 Axis %1 measuring systems differ considerably
25110 Axis %1 selected encoder not available
25200 Axis %1 requested set of parameters invalid
25201 Axis %1 drive fault
25202 Axis %1 waiting for drive
26000 Axis %1 clamping monitoring
26001 Axis %1 parameterization error: friction compensation
26002 Axis %1 encoder %2 parameterization error: number of encoder marks
26003 Axis %1 parameterization error: lead screw pitch
26004 Axis %1 encoder %2 parameterization error: grid point distance with linear encoders
26005 Axis %1 parameterization error: output rating
26006 Axis %1 encoder %2 encoder type/output type %3 not possible
26007 Axis %1 QEC: invalid coarse step size
26008 Axis %1 QEC: invalid fine step size
26009 Axis %1 QEC: memory overflow
26010 Axis %1 QEC: invalid acceleration characteristic
26011 Axis %1 QEC: invalid measuring periods
26012 Axis %1 QEC: feed forward control not active
26014 Axis %1 machine data %2 invalid value
26015 Axis %1 machine data %2[%3] invalid value
26016 Axis %1 machine data %2 invalid value
26017 Axis %1 machine data %2[%3] invalid value
26018 Axis %1 setpoint output drive %2 used more than once
26019 Axis %1 encoder %2 measurement not possible with this controller module
26020 Axis %1 encoder %2 hardware fault %3 during encoder initialization
26022 Axis %1 encoder %2 measurement with simulated encoder not possible
26024 Axis %1 machine data %2 value changed
26025 Axis %1 machine data %2[%3] value changed
26030 Axis %1 encoder %2 absolute position lost
26031 Axis %1 configuration error master-slave
26032 Axis %1 master-slave not configured
26050 Axis %1 parameter set change from %2 to %3 not possible
26051 Channel %1 in block %2 unanticipated stop crossed in continuous path mode
26052 Channel %1 in block %2: path velocity too high for auxiliary function output
26070 Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be controlled by the PLC, max. number exceeded
26072 Channel %1 axis %2 cannot be controlled by the PLC
26074 Channel %1 switching off PLC control of axis %2 not allowed in the current state
26080 Channel %1 retraction position of axis %2 not programmed or invalid
26081 Channel %1 axis trigger of axis %2 was activated, but axis is not PLC- controlled
26100 Axis %1 drive %2 sign of life missing
26101 Axis %1 drive %2 communication failure
26102 Axis %1 drive %2 sign of life missing
26105 Drive of axis %1 not found
26106 Encoder %2 of axis %1 not found
26110 Independent drive stop/retract triggered
27000 Axis %1 is not safely referenced
27001 Axis %1 error in a monitoring channel, code %2, values: NCK %3, drive %4
27002 Axis %1 test stop is running
27003 Checksum error found: %1 %2
27004 Axis %1, difference safe input %2, NCK %3, drive %4
27005 Axis %1 error in data cross check: static actual value difference
27006 Axis %1 Test ext. pulse deletion running
27007 Axis %1 acceptance test mode is active
27008 Axis %1 SW limit switch deactivated
27010 Axis %1 tolerance for safe standstill exceeded
27011 Axis %1 safe velocity exceeded
27012 Axis %1 safe end position exceeded
27013 Axis %1 safe braking ramp exceeded
27020 Axis %1 stop E triggered
27021 Axis %1 stop D triggered
27022 Axis %1 stop C triggered
27023 Axis %1 stop B triggered
27024 Axis %1 stop A triggered
27030 Axis %1 function not supported on this 611D module
27031 Axis %1 limit value for safe velocity %2 at gear ratio %3 too large (max. %4)
27032 Axis %1 checksum error of safe monitoring. Confirmation and re-test required!
27033 Axis %1 parameterization of MD %2[%3] invalid
27034 Parameterization of MD %1 invalid
27090 Error in data cross check NCK-PLC, %1[%2], NCK: %3; %4 ALSI
27091 Error in data cross check NCK PLC, stop of %1
27092 Communication broken off during NCK PLC data cross check, error detected by %1
27093 Checksum error NCK-SPL, %1, %2, %3
27094 Write access to system variable %1 only allowed from NCK-SPL
27095 %1 SPL protection not activated
27096 SPL start not allowed
27100 At least one axis is not safely referenced
27101 Axis %1 difference in function safe operational stop, NCK: %2 drive: %3
27102 Axis %1 difference in function safe velocity %2, NCK: %3 drive: %4
27103 Axis %1 difference in function safe limit position %2, NCK: %3 drive: %4
27104 Axis %1 difference in function safe cam plus %2, NCK: %3 drive: %4
27105 Axis %1 difference in function safe cam minus %2, NCK: %3 drive: %4
27106 Axis %1 difference in function safe velocity nx, NCK: %2 drive: %3
27107 Axis %1 difference in function cam modulo monitoring, NCK: %2 drive: %3
27124 Stop A triggered at least in 1 axis
27200 PROFIsafe: cycle time %1 [ms] too long
27201 PROFIsafe: MD %1[%2]: bus segment %3 error
27202 PROFIsafe: MD %1[%2]: address %3 error
27203 PROFIsafe: MD %1[%2]: SPL assignment error
27204 PROFIsafe: double assignment MD %1[%2] MD %3[%4]
27220 PROFIsafe: Number of NCK F modules (%1) number of DP modules (%2)
27221 PROFIsafe: NCK F module MD %1[%2] unknown
27222 PROFI safe: S7 F module PROFI safe address %1 unknown
27223 PROFIsafe: NCK F module MD %1[%2] is not a %3 module
27224 PROFIsafe: F module MD %1[%2] MD %3[%4]: double assignment of PROFIsafe address
27225 PROFIsafe: slave %1, configuration error %2
27240 PROFIsafe: DP M not running up, DP info: %1
27241 PROFIsafe: DP M version different, NCK: %1, PLC: %2
27242 PROFIsafe: F module %1, %2 faulty
27250 PROFIsafe: configuration in DP M changed; error code %1 %2
27251 PROFIsafe: F module %1, %2 reports error %3
27252 PROFIsafe: Slave %1, sign-of-life error
27253 PROFIsafe: communication fault F master component %1, error %2
27254 PROFIsafe: F module %1, error on channel %2; %3
27255 PROFIsafe: F module %1, general error
27256 PROFIsafe: Current cycle time %1 [ms] > parameterized cycle time
27299 PROFIsafe: Diagnosis %1 %2 %3 %4
28000 NCU link connection to all other NCUs of the link network has been aborted
28001 NCU link connection to the NCU %1 of the link network has been aborted
28002 Error on activation of machine data, NCU network-wide machine data were modified by NCU %1
28004 NCU link: NCU %1 of the link network is not on the bus
28005 NCU link: NCU %1 of the link network not running synchronously
28007 NCU link: conflict in configuration data of NCU %1
28008 NCU link: conflict in timer setting of NCU %1
28009 NCU link: conflict in bus parameters of NCU %1
28010 NCU link: the NCU %1 has not received a message
28011 IPO time insufficient for NCU link. Link cycle time: %1
28012 NCU link: synchronization cycle signal failure %1 times
28020 NCU link: too many link axes configured %1
28030 Serious alarm on NCU %1, axes in follow-up mode
28031 Serious alarm on NCU %1 not yet acknowledged, axes still in follow-up mode
28032 Emergency stop activated on NCU %1, axes in follow-up mode
28033 Emergency stop on NCU % 1, axes still in follow-up mode
29033 Channel %1 axis change of axis %2 not possible, PLC axis movement not yet completed
60000 Channel %1 block %2:
61000 Channel %1 block %2 no tool compensation active
61001 Channel %1 block %2 thread lead incorrect
61002 Channel %1 block %2 machining type wrongly defined
61003 Channel %1 block %2 no feed programmed in the cycle
61004 Channel %1 block %2 configuration geometry axis incorrect
61005 Channel %1 block %2 3rd geometry axis not present
61006 Channel %1 block %2 tool radius too large
61007 Channel %1 block %2 tool radius too small
61009 Channel %1 block %2 active tool number = 0
61010 Channel %1 block %2 finishing allowance too large
61011 Channel %1 block %2 scaling not allowed
61012 Channel %1 block %2 different scaling on the plane
61013 Channel %1 block %2 basic settings were changed, program cannot be executed
61101 Channel %1 block %2 reference plane incorrectly defined
61102 Channel %1 block %2 no spindle direction programmed
61103 Channel %1 block %2 number of drillings is zero
61104 Channel %1 block %2 contour violation of slots/long holes
61105 Channel %1 block %2 cutter radius too large
61106 Channel %1 block %2 number or distance of circular elements
61107 Channel %1 block %2 first drilling depth incorrectly defined
61108 Channel %1 block %2 illegal values for parameters _RAD1 and _DP1
61109 Channel %1 block %2 parameter _CDIR incorrectly defined
61110 Channel %1 block %2 finishing allowance at the base > depth infeed
61111 Channel %1 block %2 infeed width > tool diameter
61112 Channel %1 block %2 tool radius negative
61113 Channel %1 block %2 parameter _CRAD for corner radius too large
61114 Channel %1 block %2 machining direction G41/G42 incorrectly defined
61115 Channel %1 block %2 approach or retract mode (straight line/circle/plane/space) incorrectly defined
61116 Channel %1 block %2 approach or retraction path = 0
61117 Channel %1 block %2 active tool radius
61118 Channel %1 block %2 length or width = 0
61119 Channel %1 block %2 nominal or core diameter incorrectly programmed
61120 Channel %1 block %2 internal/external thread type not defined
61121 Channel %1 block %2 number of teeth per cutting edge missing
61122 Channel %1 block %2 safety clearance on the plane incorrectly defined
61124 Channel %1 block %2 infeed width is not programmed
61125 Channel %1 block %2 technology selection in parameter _TECHNO incorrectly defined
61126 Channel %1 block %2 thread length too short
61127 Channel %1 block %2 transmission ratio of tapping axis incorrectly defined (machine data)
61128 Channel %1 block %2 dipping angle = 0 for dipping with oscillation or helix
61180 Channel %1 block %2 no name assigned to swivel data block, although MD $MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER > 1
61181 Channel %1 block %2 NCK software version unsufficient (missing TOOLCARRIER functionality)
61182 Channel %1 block %2 name of swivel data block unknown
61183 Channel %1 block %2 retraction mode GUD7 _TC_FR beyond value range 0 2
61184 Channel %1 block %2 no solution possible with current input angle values
61185 Channel %1 block %2 no or incorrect (min > max) rotary axis angle ranges assigned
61186 Channel %1 block %2 rotary axis vectors invalid > Check installation and start-up of the swivel cycle CYCLE800
61188 Channel %1 block %2 no axis name for the 1st axis assigned -> Check installation and start-up of the swivel cycle CYCLE800
61200 Channel %1 block %2 too many elements in the machining block
61201 Channel %1 block %2 wrong sequence in the machining block
61202 Channel %1 block %2 no technology cycle
61203 Channel %1 block %2 no positioning cycle
61204 Channel %1 block %2 unknown technology cycle
61205 Channel %1 block %2 unknown positioning cycle
61210 Channel %1 block %2 block search element not found
61211 Channel %1 block %2 absolute reference missing
61212 Channel %1 block %2 wrong tool type
61213 Channel %1 block %2 circle radius too small
61214 Channel %1 block %2 no lead programmed
61215 Channel %1 block %2 raw dimension incorrectly programmed
61216 Channel %1 block %2 feed/tooth only possible with milling tools
61217 Channel %1 block %2 cutting speed for tool radius 0 programmed
61218 Channel %1 block %2 feed/tooth programmed, but number of teeth is zero
61222 Channel %1 block %2 plane infeed greater than the tool diameter
61223 Channel %1 block %2 approach path too short
61224 Channel %1 block %2 retract path too short
61225 Channel %1 block %2 swivel data block unknown
61226 Channel %1 block %2 swivel head cannot be exchanged
61230 Channel %1 block %2 tool probe diameter too small
61231 Channel %1 block %2 ShopMill program %3 cannot be executed, as it has not been tested by ShopMill
61232 Channel %1 block %2 loading of magazine tool not possible
61233 Channel %1 block %2: Thread inclination incorrectly defined
61234 Channel %1 block %2 ShopMill subroutine %4 cannot be executed, as it has not been tested by ShopMill
61235 Channel %1 block %2: ShopTurn program %4 cannot be executed, as it has not been tested by ShopTurn.
61236 Channel %1 block %2: ShopTurn subroutine %4 cannot be executed, as it has not been tested by ShopTurn.
61237 Channel %1 block %2: Retraction direction unknown. Manually retract tool!
61238 Channel %1 block %2: Machining direction unknown.
61239 Channel %1 block %2: Tool change point lies in the retraction area!
61240 Channel %1 block %2: Wrong feed type
61241 Channel %1 block %2: No retraction plane defined for this machining direction.
61242 Channel %1 block %2: Wrong machining direction
61243 Channel %1 block %2: Correct tool change point, tool tip is in retraction area!
61244 Channel %1 block %2: Thread lead change results in an undefined thread
61246 Channel %1 block %2: Safety clearance too small
61247 Channel %1 block %2: Blank radius too small
61248 Channel %1 block %2: Infeed too small
61249 Channel %1 block %2: Number of edges too small
61250 Channel %1 block %2: Key width/Edge length too small
61251 Channel %1 block %2: Key width/Edge length too large
61252 Channel %1 block %2: Chamfer/Radius too large
61253 Channel %1 block %2: No finishing allowance programmed
61254 Channel %1 block %2: Error when traversing to fixed stop
61255 Channel %1 block %2: Cut-off error: Tool breakage?
61301 Channel %1 block %2 measuring probe does not switch
61302 Channel %1 block %2 measuring probe collision
61303 Channel %1 block %2 safe area exceeded
61308 Channel %1 block %2 check measuring distance 2a
61309 Channel %1 block %2 check measuring probe type
61310 Channel %1 block %2 scale factor is active
61311 Channel %1 block %2 no D number is active
61316 Channel %1 block %2 center point and radius cannot be determined.
61332 Channel %1 block %2 change tool tip position
61338 Channel %1 block %2 positioning velocity is zero
61601 Channel %1 block %2 finished-part diameter too small
61602 Channel %1 block %2 tool width incorrectly defined
61603 Channel %1 block %2 groove form incorrectly defined
61604 Channel %1 block %2 active tool violates programmed contour
61605 Channel %1 block %2 contour incorrectly programmed
61606 Channel %1 block %2 contour processing error
61607 Channel %1 block %2 starting point incorrectly programmed
61608 Channel %1 block %2 wrong cutting edge position programmed
61609 Channel %1 block %2 form incorrectly defined
61610 Channel %1 block %2 no infeed depth programmed
61611 Channel %1 block %2 no intersection point found
61612 Channel %1 block %2 thread axis cutting not possible
61613 Channel %1 block %2 undercut position incorrectly defined
61800 Channel %1 block %2: External CNC system missing
61801 Channel %1 block %2: Wrong G code selected
61802 Channel %1 block %2: Wrong axis type
61803 Channel %1 block %2 programmed axis not present
61804 Channel %1 block %2: Progr. position exceeds reference point
61805 Channel %1 block %2: The value is absolutely and incrementally programmed
61806 Channel %1 block %2: Incorrect axis assignment
61807 Channel %1 block %2 wrong spindle direction programmed (active)
61808 Channel %1 block %2: The final drilling depth or individual drilling depth is missing
61809 Channel %1 block %2: Impermissible drilling position
61810 Channel %1 block %2: ISO-G code not possible
61811 Channel %1 block %2: Impermissible ISO axis name
61812 Channel %1 block %2: Value(s) in the external cycle call incorrectly defined
61813 Channel %1 block %2: GUD value incorrectly defined
61814 Channel %1 block %2: Polar coordinates not possible with cycle
61815 Channel %1 block %2: G40 not active
61816 Channel %1 block %2: axes are not at the reference point
61817 Channel %1 block %2: The axis coordinates are within the protection zone
61818 Channel %1 block %2: The axis area limit values are identical
62000 Channel %1 block %2:
62100 Channel %1 block %2 no drilling cycle active
62101 Channel %1 block %2: Incorrect cutting direction G3 is generated
62103 Channel %1 block %2: The finishing allowance is not programmed
62105 Channel %1 block %2 number of columns or lines is zero
62180 Channel %1 block %2 no name assigned to swivel data block although machine data $MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER > 1
62181 Channel %1 block %2 NCK software version unsufficient (missing TOOLCARRIER functionality)
62182 Channel %1 block %2: Load swivel head
62183 Channel %1 block %2 retraction mode GUD7 _TC_FR beyond value range 0 2
62184 Channel %1 block %2 no solution possible with current input angle values
62185 Channel %1 block %2 no end stop assigned to rotary axes
62186 Channel %1 block %2 illegal rotary axis vectors
62187 Channel %1 block %2 name of swivel data block unknown
62200 Channel %1 block %2: Start spindle
63000 Channel %1 block %2:
65000 Channel %1 block %2:
66000 Channel %1 block %2:
67000 Channel %1 block %2:
68000 Channel %1 block %2:
70000 Compile cycle alarm
75000 OEM alarm
75005 Channel %1 block %2 CLC: General programming error
75010 Channel %1 block %2 CLC_LIM value exceeds MD limit
75015 Channel %1 block %2 CLC(0) with active TOC
75016 Channel %1 block %2 CLC: orientation changed for TRAFOOF
75020 Channel %1 CLC position offset at lower limit %2
75021 Channel %1 CLC position offset at upper limit %2
75025 Channel %1 CLC stopped because sensor head has been touched
75050 Channel %1 wrong MD configuration, error code %2
75051 Channel %1 CC_COPON CC_COPOFF error code %2
75060 Channel %1 tolerance window exceeded axis %2
75061 Channel %1 coupling active axis %2
75062 Channel %1 axes not in standstill axis %2
75070 Channel %1 wrong machine data for collision protection %2
75071 Channel %1 collision monitoring axis %2
75100 Too many analog axes configured
75110 Axis %1 reached drift limit
75200 Channel %1 wrong MD configuration, %2 incorrect
75210 Channel %1 number of axes/axis assignment inconsistent
75250 Channel %1 tool parameters incorrect
75255 Channel %1 working area error
75260 Channel %1 block %2 tool parameters incorrect
75265 Channel %1 block %2 working area error
75270 Channel %1 tool parameters incorrect
75275 Channel %1 block %2 working area error
75451 Error with definition of setpoint switchover
75452 Axis %1 setpoint switchover not possible in the current state
75500 Channel %1 wrong configuration
75600 Channel %1 retrace support: wrong MD configuration. Error code %2
75601 Channel %1 block %2 invalid parameter in CC_PREPRE()
75605 Channel %1 retrace support: internal error, error code %2
75606 Channel %1 retraceable contour was shortened
75607 Channel %1 resynchronisation not possible
100300 xxx not found
100301 The table cannot be completely generated
100302 No data available or no access authorization
100303 Paging not possible
100350 Display MD saved
100351 Display MD take-over not possible
101000 No connection to the PLC!
101001 The PLC system status list cannot be read!
101002 Invalid password!
101003 Password for %1 is set!
101004 Password for %1 is set!
101005 The passwords do not match!
101006 Password is deleted!
101007 Password is not set!
101008 Current access level: %1
101013 Input error see help (i)-key
101016 Error: The operand address is greater than 65535!
101017 No PLC input screen forms found!
101018 Reading-in only possible in an active PLC status!
101100 No access authorization!
101111 No axes configured!
101112 No drives configured!
101113 No channels configured!
101114 No MSD configured!
101115 No FDD configured!
101130 Error return value not defined: 00h 00h
101131 No servo disable at PI start
101132 Impermissible execution argument value
101133 MDx120 CURRCTRL_GAIN could not be calculated
101134 MDx407 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1 could not be calculated
101135 MDx409 SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_1 could not be calculated
101136 MDx150 FIELDCTRL_GAIN could not be calculated
101137 MDx141 MAGNETIZING_REACTANCE=0
101138 MDx139/MDx140 MD_STATOR-/ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE=0
101139 MDx134 MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY=0
101140 MDx138 ROTOR_COLD_RESISTANCE = 0
101141 MDx117 MOTOR_INERTIA = 0
101142 MDx146
101143 MDx142 FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED = 0
101144 MDx118 MOTOR_STANDSTILL_CURRENT = 0
101145 MD1104/1118 MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT/MOTOR_STANDSTILL_CURRENT > 900.0
101146 Boot file(s) saved
101147 Boot file(s) deleted
101148 Controller MD calculated
101150 MD set active
101151 Start-up successful
101153 MMC-NCK communication faulty %1 %2
101154 PI service was rejected
101155 Path %1 not available
101156 Impermissible function
101157 File %1 not available
101158 Function not permitted in the current operating state.
101159 Remote block in wrong state
101160 Date and time of the PLC set
101161 The drive is not in cyclic mode!
101162 MDx134/MDx400 MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY/MOTOR_RATED_SPEED impermissible
101163 MDx130 MOTOR_NOMINAL_POWER
101164 MDx132 MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE
101165 MDx103 MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT
101166 MDx129 POWER_FACTOR_COS_PHI impermissible
101167 MDx134/MDx400 MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY/MOTOR_RATED_SPEED impermissible
101168 Warning MDx142 FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED
101200 Safety-Integrated data copied
101201 Safety-Integrated data confirmed
101202 SI data is copied from axis %1 to drive %2 Parameters: %1 = Axis name %2 = Drive number
101203 SI data not completely copied
101204 SI data not confirmed
101205 Drive data changed? -> Dont forget to save the boot files!
101206 Search action running, pleas wait
101207 Position at $MN_
101208 SI data confirmed: Axis 1
101209 SI data confirmed: Drive 1
101210 The machine data is being prepared for display
101211 NCK address not changed!
101212 NCK address changed!
101213 Invalid NCK address.
101214 Initialization of this window failed!
101300 Please wait language is being changed
103000 There is no correction block on the NCK
103001 Selection is only possible after being enabled or in the RESET state.
103002 Copying to the clipboard is not possible
103003 MDI clipboard cannot be deleted
103004 Block search not possible
103006 Block search without calculation only possible on the main program level.
103007 Ending overstore is not possible in this channel state.
103008 Block search in channel %1 started please wait
103009 Conflict between search type and search target!
103010 Invalid file name
103011 No program selected block search finished
103014 Please reference the axis first
104000 Current tool not found
104001 No other tools available
104002 No other cutting edges available
104003 There arent any tools at all
104004 No tool selected
104005 No cutting edge selected
104006 No TO area available in the current channel
104007 Error during tool creation
104008 Error during cutting edge creation
104011 Error during tool deletion
104012 No master spindle available
104014 Incorrect entry
104015 Number of parameters per cutting edge is zero
104016 No spindle available
104018 Tool not available
104019 Tool type not available
104020 No empty location found
104023 Error during tool loading
104024 Error during tool unloading
104025 No magazine configured
104026 Notice: Tool is being loaded!
104027 Notice: Tool is being unloaded!
104029 Loading to this location not possible
104030 No more data available
105000 Error x y
105001 Cycle description sc.com not available
105002 File xxx already exists
105003 Workpiece xxx already exists
105004 Clipboard empty! To PASTE, COPY first
105005 Only workpieces can be inserted here
105006 Only files can be inserted here
105007 No name specified
105008 Memory error while writing a cycle call
105009 No write-authorization for the data
105010 No data selected
105011 Cycle description cov.com not available
105012 The program is not or only partially editable (NC reset)
105013 The copied data can be inserted with the soft key Paste
105014 Error while copying!
105015 Error while renaming!
105016 Error while deleting!
105017 Selection is only possible after being enabled or in the RESET state.
105018 Error during program generation!
105019 Error while opening a window!
105020 Error while closing a window!
105021 Error during workpiece generation!
105022 Error during enabling!
105023 File exists already!
105024 Check values! At least 1 value lies outside the input limits!
105025 Please wait, the directory is being prepared!
105026 Notice! The simulated program and edited program are not the same!
105030 Please wait, renumbering is being carried out!
105031 Renumbering was aborted!
105032 Renumbering finished!
105041 Block number is too large!
105042 Impermissible block number!
105043 Impermissible increment!
105050 Please wait: Graphic is being output!
105051 Output of dynamic long texts for cycle parameterization
105052 Error in the cycle description of the !
105053 No cycle available in current line!
105054 Error during cycle description call!
105060 Please wait: Initilization of the cycle support
105061 Error when opening the file!
105062 Error when closing the file!
105063 Error when positioning in the file %1!
105064 Error when reading the file!
105070 Please wait: Initialization of the simulation started!
105075 Not enough axes in the current channel? > Contour with default axis names: X, Z !
109001 No switchover: Switchover disable set in current PLC
109002 No switchover: Target PLC occupied, try again
109003 No switchover: Switchover disable set in target PLC
109004 No switchover: PLC occupied by higher-priority MMCs
109005 No switchover: No displaceable MMC at the target PLC
109006 No switchover: Selected channel invalid
109007 Channel switchover running
109008 Activation is running
111001 Non-interpretable step in line %1
111002 Insufficient memory, abort in line %1
111003 ManualTurn: %1
111004 File faulty or not available: %1
111005 Error when interpreting the contour %1 Parameters: %1 = Contour name
111006 Maximum number of contour elements exceeded %1
111007 Error in line %1 %2
111008 Spindle not synchronized
111009 Load new tool: T%1 Parameters: %1 = Tool number
111010 Teach-in interruption: Log overflow
111100 Wrong position programmed for the spindle
111105 No measuring system available
111106 No spindle stop for a block change
111107 Reference mark not found
111108 No transition from speed control mode to position control mode
111109 Configured positioning velocity is too high
111110 Velocity/Speed is negative
111111 Setpoint speed is zero
111112 Invalid gear stage
111115 Programmed position was not reached
111126 Absolute value minus not possible
111127 Absolute value plus not possible
111200 Spindle positioning error
111300 NC start key defective
111301 NC stop key defective
111302 Spindle start key defective
111303 Spindle stop key defective
111304 Connection to the PLC broken off
111305 Asynchronous subroutine was not executed
111306 Error when selecting or deselecting constant cutting speed
111307 Error when deleting handwheel offset
111308 Error when setting upper spindle speed limit
111309 Error when selecting tool
111310 Error when selecting zero offset
111311 NC start not possible: Deselect single block
111400 Unknown PLC error
111410 Tool %1 was created
111411 %1 Tool(s) can (could) not be created
111420 Error during the inch/metric conversion! Check all data!
111430 Program not loaded. Error when converting old cycles in G code. No NC memory.
111900 Start only possible in basic display
111901 Contour is contained in the current program, machining not enabled
111902 Start only with valid reference point
111904 4. Axis not configured, i.e., no driven tool possible
112045 Several insertion points required
112046 Main contour cannot be bypassed
112052 No residual material generated
112057 Programmed helix violates contour
112099 System-error contour pocket
112100 Error during renumbering. Original state restored.
112200 The contour is a step in the current program sequence. Machining not enabled
112201 The contour is a step in the current automatic sequence. Machining not enabled
112210 Tool axis cannot be switched over. Insufficient NC memory.
112211 Tool preselection could not be processed. Insufficient NC memory.
112300 Tool management type 2 not possible. Magazine not completely loaded.
112301 Tool management type 2 not possible. The magazine is not sorted as in the tool list.
112323 Replace swivel head.
112324 Load swivel head.
112325 Exchange swivel head.
112326 Set swivel head
112327 Angle not in permissible area
112328 Angle adapted to angle grid.
112329 Set swivel head/table
112330 Set swivel table.
112350 No swivel data set up.
112360 The step was not accepted into the program sequence, as the program is running.
112400 Is not available in the tool management
112401 Tool could not be created
112420 Error during the inch/metric conversion! Check all data!
112502 Insufficient memory, abort in line %1
112504 File faulty or not available: %1 Parameters: %1 = File name
112505 Error when interpreting the contour %1
112506 Maximum number of contour elements exceeded %1
112541 Program cannot be interpreted
112604 Connection to the PLC broken off
112605 Asynchronous subroutine was not executed
112650 Unknown PLC error
112999 Faulty grafic data. Exit graphic and restart
120000 Area %1 cannot be loaded! Acknowledge alarm, press area switchover key!
120001 Area %1 cannot be selected. Please deactivate area %2
120002 Area %1 is still active. Please deactivate area %1
120003 Area %1 cannot be deactivated. Please try again
120005 Please acknowledge the dialog box in area %1
120006 The channel switchover is currently disabled by area %1.
120007 The channel switchover is currently disabled.
120008 Control unit switchover, PLC timeout: 001 control unit switchover, PLC timeout: 002 control unit switchover, PLC timeout: 003
120120 The alarm list is full of alarm texts: Number of alarm texts too high Alarm texts: File %1 not found alarm texts: Input/Output error in file %1 alarm texts: Input/Output error alarm texts: Error when reading from the index file alarm texts: Error when writing in the index file alarm texts: Syntax error in alarm text file %1
120200 Image preparation suppressed
120201 Communication failure
120202 Waiting for a connection to the NC
120301 Faulty entry for hardkey Program in Keys.ini.
120302 The selection is not possible. A program has to have been edited first via the area Program.
120303 The selection is not possible. The edited file %1 no longer exists.
120304 The selection is not possible. The file %1 has insufficient read rights.
120305 Selection is not possible. The file %1 is currently being edited.
120306 The selection is not possible. The file %1 is selected and active in channel %2.
120307 The file %1 cannot be opened for the editor because it is selected in channel %2 for execution from external sources.
120308 In the event of an emergency stop, the program %1 can only be changed in the machine/program correction area.
120309 The selection is not possible. Please close the simulation and repeat the selection.
120310 The selection is not possible. Please wait for the pending action or terminate it, then repeat the selection.
300000 Hardware drive bus: DCM not present
300001 Axis %1 drive number %2 not possible
300002 Axis %1 drive number %2 assigned twice
300003 Axis %1 drive %2 wrong module type %3
300004 Axis %1 drive %2 wrong drive type %3 (FDD/MSD)
300005 At least one module found on drive bus that has not been configured
300006 Module with drive number %1 has not been found on drive bus
300007 Axis %1 drive %2 not present or inactive
300008 Axis %1 drive %2 measuring circuit %3 is not available
300009 Axis %1 drive %2 measuring circuit %3 wrong measuring circuit type (type %4 used)
300010 Axis %1 drive %2 active without NC axis assignment
300011 Axis %1 drive %2 hardware version of spindle not supported
300012 Axis %1 drive %2 hardware version of control module not supported
300020 Drive %1 removed for diagnosis
300100 Drive power failure
300101 Bus communications failure
300200 Drive bus hardware fault
300201 Axis %1 drive %2 timeout during access, error location %3
300202 Axis %1 drive %2 CRC error, error location %3
300300 Axis %1 drive %2 boot error, error code %3
300400 Axis %1 drive %2 system error, error codes %3, %4
300401 Drive software for type %1, block %2 missing or incorrect
300402 System error in drive link. Error codes %1, %2
300403 Axis %1 drive %2 drive software and drive MD with different version numbers
300404 Axis %1 drive %2 drive MD contains different drive number
300405 Axis %1 drive %2 unknown drive alarm, code %3
300410 Axis %1 drive %2 error when storing a file (%3, %4)
300411 Axis %1 drive %2 error when reading a file (%3, %4)
300412 Error when storing a file (%1, %2)
300413 Error when reading a file (%1, %2)
300423 Measuring results could not be read (%1)
300500 Axis %1 drive %2 system error, error codes %3, %4
300501 Axis %1 drive %2 maximum current monitoring
300502 Axis %1 drive %2 maximum current monitoring of phase current R
300503 Axis %1 drive %2 maximum current monitoring of phase current S
300504 Axis %1 drive %2 measuring circuit error of motor measuring system
300505 Axis %1 drive %2 measuring circuit error of absolute track, code %3
300506 Axis %1 drive %2 NC sign-of-life failure
300507 Axis %1 drive %2 synchronization error of rotor position
300508 Axis %1 drive %2 zero mark monitoring of motor measuring system
300509 Axis %1 drive %2 current frequency exceeded
300510 Axis %1 drive %2 error on actual current measurement zero balancing
300511 Axis %1 drive %2 measuring function active
300515 Axis %1 drive %2 power section heat sink temperature exceeded
300604 Axis %1 drive %2 motor encoder is not adjusted
300605 Axis %1 drive %2 motor change not valid
300606 Axis %1 drive %2 flux controller at limit
300607 Axis %1 drive %2 current controller at limit
300608 Axis %1 drive %2 speed controller at limit
300609 Axis %1 drive %2 encoder cut-off frequency exceeded
300610 Axis %1 drive %2 rotor position identification failed
300611 Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: Motion at rotor position identification
300612 Axis %1 drive %2 illegal current during rotor position identification
300613 Axis %1 drive %2 maximum permissible motor temperature exceeded
300614 Axis %1 drive %2 time monitoring of motor temperature
300701 Axis %1 drive %2 start-up required
300702 Axis %1 drive %2 base cycle time invalid
300703 Axis %1 drive %2 current cycle time invalid
300704 Axis %1 drive %2 speed controller cycle time invalid
300705 Axis %1 drive %2 position controller cycle time invalid
300706 Axis %1 drive %2 monitoring cycle time invalid
300707 Axis %1 drive %2 basic cycle times of axes differ
300708 Axis %1 drive %2 current controller cycle times of axes differ
300709 Axis %1 drive %2 speed controller cycle times of axes differ
300710 Axis %1 drive %2 position controller cycle times of axes differ
300711 Axis %1 drive %2 monitoring cycle times of axes differ
300712 Axis %1 drive %2 configuration of controller structure (higher dynamic response) not possible
300713 Axis %1 drive %2 lead time for position controller invalid
300714 Axis %1 drive %2 power section code invalid
300715 Axis %1 drive %2 maximum power section current less than or equal to zero
300716 Axis %1 drive %2 torque constant less than or equal to zero
300717 Axis %1 drive %2 motor moment of inertia less than or equal to zero
300718 Axis %1 drive %2 calculation dead time of current controller less than or equal to zero
300719 Axis %1 drive %2 motor not parameterized for delta operation
300720 Axis %1 drive %2 maximum motor speed invalid
300721 Axis %1 drive %2 zero-load current greater than rated motor current
300722 Axis %1 drive %2 zero-load motor current greater than rated current of power section
300723 Axis %1 drive %2 STS configuration of axes differ
300724 Axis %1 drive %2 number of pole pairs invalid
300725 Axis %1 drive %2 number of encoder marks of measuring system invalid
300726 Axis %1 drive %2 voltage constant is zero
300727 Axis %1 drive %2 reactance less than or equal to zero
300728 Axis %1 drive %2 adaption factor torque/current too high
300729 Axis %1 drive %2 motor zero-speed current less than or equal to zero
300730 Axis %1 drive %2 rotor resistance invalid
300731 Axis %1 drive %2 rated power less than or equal to zero
300732 Axis %1 drive %2 rated speed less than or equal to zero
300733 Axis %1 drive %2 zero load voltage invalid
300734 Axis %1 drive %2 zero load current less than or equal to zero
300735 Axis %1 drive %2 field weakening speed invalid
300736 Axis %1 drive %2 Lh characteristic invalid
300737 Axis %1 drive %2 configuration of two EnDat encoders not possible
300738 Axis %1 drive %2 module number for measuring system not possible
300739 Axis %1 drive %2 measuring system already used as motor measuring system
300740 Axis %1 drive %2 measuring system used several times
300741 Axis %1 drive %2 asynchronous mode: feedforward control gain out of range
300742 Axis %1 drive %2 voltage/frequency mode: converter frequency invalid
300743 Axis %1 drive %2 function not supported on this 611D controller module
300744 Axis %1 drive %2 safety monitoring checksum invalid, confirmation and acceptance test required!
300745 Axis %1 drive %2 limit values for safe end positions exchanged
300746 Axis %1 drive %2 SBH/SG not enabled
300747 Axis %1 drive %2 monitoring cycle time MD 1300 invalid
300748 Axis %1 drive %2 monitoring cycle times of both axes differ
300749 Axis %1 drive %2 conversion factor between motor and load too large
300750 Axis %1 drive %2 parameterization error in speed control adaption
300751 Axis %1 drive %2 speed control gain too high
300752 Axis %1 drive %2 blocking frequency of setpoint current filter too high
300753 Axis %1 drive %2 rotor position identification current less than minimal value
300754 Axis %1 drive %2 signal number of var. signaling function invalid
300755 Axis %1 drive %2 voltage/frequency mode: motor is turning
300756 Axis %1 drive %2 speed hysteresis of setpoint current smoothing invalid
300757 Axis %1 drive %2 adaption factor of torque limit invalid
300757 Axis %1 drive %2 adaption factor of torque limit invalid
300758 Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: response voltage > switch-off threshold
300759 Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: response voltage > monitoring threshold
300760 Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: emergency retraction speed > max. motor speed
300761 Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: minimum axis speed > max. motor speed
300762 Axis %1 drive %2 emergency retraction mode/generator mode already active
300763 Axis %1 drive %2 emergency retraction mode/generator mode invalid
300764 Axis %1 drive %2 emergency retraction mode/generator mode not possible
300765 Axis %1 drive %2 measurement of DC link voltage not possible
300766 Axis %1 drive %2 blocking frequency > Shannon frequency
300767 Axis %1 drive %2 natural frequency > Shannon frequency
300768 Axis %1 drive %2 numerator bandwidth > double blocking frequency
300769 Axis %1 drive %2 denominator bandwidth > double natural frequency
300770 Axis %1 drive %2 format error
300771 Axis %1 drive %2 asynchronous mode: converter frequency invalid
300772 Axis %1 drive %2 asynchronous mode: speed control gain too high
300773 Axis %1 drive %2 asynchronous mode: feedforward control structure not possible
300774 Axis %1 drive %2 asynchronous mode: changeover speed invalid
300775 Axis %1 drive %2 fixed link voltage of axes differ
300776 Axis %1 drive %2 measuring circuit monitoring must be active
300777 Axis %1 drive %2 rotor position identification current too high
300778 Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: converter frequency rotor position identification
300779 Axis %1 drive %2 motor moment of inertia less than or equal to zero
300780 Axis %1 drive %2 zero load current > rated motor current
300781 Axis %1 drive %2 zero load current > rated current of power section
300782 Axis %1 drive %2 reactance less than or equal to zero
300783 Axis %1 drive %2 rotor resistance invalid
300784 Axis %1 drive %2 zero load voltage invalid
300785 Axis %1 drive %2 zero load current less than or equal to zero
300786 Axis %1 drive %2 field weakening speed invalid
300787 Axis %1 drive %2 asynchronous mode: feedforward control gain out of range
300788 Axis %1 drive %2 parameterization error in current control adaption
300789 Axis %1 drive %2 function not supported on this 611D controller module
300799 Axis %1 drive %2 data backup and reboot required
300850 Axis %1 drive %2 parameterization error in speed control adaption
300854 Axis %1 drive %2 signal number of var. signaling function invalid
300855 Axis %1 drive %2 voltage/frequency mode: motor is turning
300858 Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: response voltage > switch-off threshold
300859 Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: response voltage > monitoring threshold
300860 Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: emergency retraction speed > max. motor speed
300861 Axis %1 drive %2 generator mode: minimum axis speed > max. motor speed
300862 Axis %1 drive %2 emergency retraction mode/generator mode already active
300863 Axis %1 drive %2 emergency retraction mode/generator mode invalid
300864 Axis %1 drive %2 emergency retraction mode/generator mode not possible
300865 Axis %1 drive %2 measurement of DC link voltage not possible
300875 Axis %1 drive %2 fixed link voltage of axes differ
300888 Axis %1 drive %2 parameterization error in current control adaption
300900 Axis %1 drive %2 stop A triggered
300901 Axis %1 drive %2 stop B triggered
300906 Axis %1 drive %2 safe braking ramp exceeded
300907 Axis %1 drive %2 tolerance for safe operational stop exceeded
300908 Axis %1 drive %2 stop C triggered
300909 Axis %1 drive %2 stop D triggered
300910 Axis %1 drive %2 stop E triggered
300911 Axis %1 drive %2 error in one monitoring channel
300914 Axis %1 drive %2 safe velocity exceeded
300915 Axis %1 drive %2 safe end positions exceeded
300950 Axis %1 drive %2 is not safely referenced
300951 Axis %1 drive %2 test stop is running
300952 Axis %1 drive %2 acceptance test mode is active
301701 Axis %1 drive %2 limit value for safe velocity too large
301702 Axis %1 drive %2 track inversion incorrect
301703 Axis %1 drive %2 encoder/motor type are not compatible
301704 Axis %1 drive %2 pole pair width/division of linear scale (internal) out of range
301705 Axis %1 drive %2 distance-coded scale incorrectly parameterized
301706 Axis %1 drive %2 parameterization of cam position invalid
301707 Axis %1 drive %2 parameterization of modulo value for safe cam (SN) invalid
301708 Axis %1 drive %2 actual value synchronization not allowed
301709 Axis %1 drive %2 submodule with integrated linearization invalid
301710 Axis %1 drive %2 resolution SSI motor measuring system invalid
301711 Axis %1 drive %2 transmission length SSI motor measuring system invalid
301712 Axis %1 drive %2 multiturn SSI motor measuring system invalid
301713 Axis %1 drive %2 resolution SSI direct measuring system invalid
301714 Axis %1 drive %2 transmission length SSI direct measuring system invalid
301715 Axis %1 drive %2 multiturn SSI direct measuring system invalid
301716 Axis %1 drive %2 SSI direct measuring system without incremental signals not possible
301717 Axis %1 drive %2 SSI transmission timeout
301718 Axis %1 drive %2 combination of motor/power section invalid
301719 Axis %1 drive %2 power section data incomplete
310505 Axis %1 drive %2 measuring circuit error of absolute track, code %3
310606 Axis %1 drive %2 external valve voltage supply failed
310607 Axis %1 drive %2 valve not responding
310608 Axis %1 drive %2 speed controller at limit
310609 Axis %1 drive %2 encoder cut-off frequency exceeded
310610 Axis %1 drive %2 wrong piston position
310611 Axis %1 drive %2 pressure sensor failed
310612 Axis %1 drive %2 force limitation off
310701 Axis %1 drive %2 speed controller cycle time invalid
310702 Axis %1 drive %2 position controller cycle time invalid
310703 Axis %1 drive %2 monitoring cycle time invalid
310704 Axis %1 drive %2 speed controller cycle times of axes differ
310705 Axis %1 drive %2 monitoring cycle times of axes differ
310706 Axis %1 drive %2 maximum working speed invalid
310707 Axis %1 drive %2 STS configuration of axes differ
310708 Axis %1 drive %2 number of encoder marks of measuring system invalid
310709 Axis %1 drive %2 error in piston diameter or piston rod diameter
310710 Axis %1 drive %2 distance-coded scale incorrectly parameterized
310750 Axis %1 drive %2 feedforward gain too high
310751 Axis %1 drive %2 proportional gain for speed controller too high
310752 Axis %1 drive %2 integral gain for speed controller invalid
310753 Axis %1 drive %2 D component for speed controller invalid
310754 Axis %1 drive %2 friction compensation gradient too high
310755 Axis %1 drive %2 area factor too high
310756 Axis %1 drive %2 controlled system gain is less than or equal to zero
310757 Axis %1 drive %2 blocking frequency > Shannon frequency
310758 Axis %1 drive %2 natural frequency > Shannon frequency
310759 Axis %1 drive %2 bandwidth numerator larger than double blocking frequency
310760 Axis %1 drive %2 bandwidth denominator greater than double natural frequency
310761 Axis %1 drive %2 proportional gain of force controller too high
310762 Axis %1 drive %2 integral gain for force controller invalid
310763 Axis %1 drive %2 D component of force controller invalid
310764 Axis %1 drive %2 controlled system gain for force controller is less than or equal to zero
310771 Axis %1 drive %2 gain in fine area of valve characteristic is less than or equal to zero
310772 Axis %1 drive %2 gain in rough area of valve characteristic is less than or equal to zero
310773 Axis %1 drive %2 gain at end of saturation area of valve characteristic is less than or equal to zero
310774 Axis %1 drive %2 zero area and knee area of valve characteristic overlap
310775 Axis %1 drive %2 knee area and saturation area of valve characteristic overlap
311710 Axis %1 drive %2 resolution SSI motor measuring system invalid
311711 Axis %1 drive %2 transmission length SSI motor measuring system invalid
311712 Axis %1 drive %2 multiturn SSI motor measuring system invalid
311716 Axis %1 drive %2 SSI measuring system without incremental signals not possible
311717 Axis %1 drive %2 SSI transmission timeout
380001 Profibus-DP: startup error, reason %1 parameter %2 %3 %4.
380003 Profibus-DP: operating error, reason %1,parameter %2 %3 %4.
380005 Profibus-DP: bus access conflict, type %1, counter %2
380020 Profibus-DP: SDB1000 error %1 for SDB source %2
380021 Profibus-DP: default SDB1000 was loaded
380022 Profibus-DP: configuration of DP master has been changed
380040 Profibus-DP: configuration error %1, parameter %2
380050 Profibus-DP: multiple assignment of inputs on address %1
380051 Profibus-DP: multiple assignment of outputs on address %1
380060 Profibus-DP: alarm %1 on logical address %2 from unassigned station
380070 Profibus DP: no input slot available for base address %1 (length %2)
380071 Profibus DP: no output slot available for base address %1 (size %2)
380072 Profibus DP: output slot for base address %1 (size %2) not allowed
380075 Profibus DP: DP I/O failure slave %1
380500 Profibus-DP: fault on drive %1, code %2, value %3, time %4
400102 Delete DB 2 in the PLC and restart
400103 Delete DB 3 in the PLC and restart
400106 Delete DB 3 in the PLC and restart
400109 Delete DB 9 in the PLC and restart
400171 Delete DB 71 in the PLC and restart
400172 Delete DB 72 in the PLC and restart
400173 Delete DB 73 in the PLC and restart
400174 Delete DB 74 in the PLC and restart
400250 NCK sign-of-life monitoring
400251 NCK has not started up
400252 Sign-of-life monitoring
400260 Failure of machine control panel 1
400261 Failure of machine control panel 2
400262 Failure of manual operating device
400604 Set change with M06 in the machine data
400902 Impermissible channel no. parameter in FC 9
401502 Impermissible axis no. parameter in FC 15
401602 Impermissible axis no. parameter in FC 16
401702 Impermissible spindle IF no. parameter in FC 17
401805 Impermissible axis no. parameter in FC 18
401901 Impermissible BAG no. parameter in FC 19
401902 Impermissible channel no. parameter in FC 19
402501 Impermissible BAG no. parameter in FC 25
402502 Impermissible channel no. parameter in FC 25
410150 Area in M group decoder list is too large
810001 Error OB_event
810002 Synchronous error
810003 Asychronous error
810004 Stop/Interrupt event
810005 Order form execution event
810006 Error communication event
810007 Error H/F system event
810008 Error diagnostics data from modules
810009 User-diagnostics event
-
Page 1: Table Of Contents
Preface Fundamental Geometrical Principles Fundamental Principles of NC Programming Creating an NC program SINUMERIK Tool change SINUMERIK 828D Tool offsets Fundamentals Spindle motion Feed control Programming Manual Geometry settings Motion commands Tool radius compensation Path action Coordinate transformations (frames) Auxiliary function outputs…
- Page 2
Note the following: WARNING Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be recommended or approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems. -
Page 3: Preface
● Researching documentation online Information on DOConCD and direct access to the publications in DOConWeb. ● Compiling individual documentation on the basis of Siemens contents with the My Documentation Manager (MDM), refer to http://www.siemens.com/mdm. My Documentation Manager provides you with a range of features for generating your own machine documentation.
- Page 4
Technical Support If you have any questions, please contact our hotline: Europe / Africa Phone +49 (0) 911 895 7222 +49 (0) 911 895 7223 Internet http://www.siemens.de/automation/support-request America Phone +1 423 262 2522 +1 423 262 2200 E-mail mailto:techsupport.sea@siemens.com Asia/Pacific… - Page 5
Availability of the described NC language elements All NC language elements described in the manual are available for the SINUMERIK 840D sl. The availability regarding SINUMERIK 828D can be found in table «Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D (Page 503)». Fundamentals… - Page 6
Preface Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… - Page 7
Table of contents Preface …………………………3 Fundamental Geometrical Principles ………………….. 13 Workpiece positions……………………13 1.1.1 Workpiece coordinate systems ………………..13 1.1.2 Cartesian coordinates ……………………15 1.1.3 Polar coordinates …………………….18 1.1.4 Absolute dimensions……………………19 1.1.5 Incremental dimension…………………….21 Working planes ……………………..23 Zero points and reference points ………………..25 Coordinate systems ……………………27 1.4.1 Machine coordinate system (MCS)………………..27… - Page 8
Table of contents Tool offsets ………………………… 67 General information about the tool offsets ……………… 67 Tool length compensation ………………….68 Tool radius compensation ………………….69 Tool compensation memory………………….70 Tool types………………………. 72 5.5.1 General information about the tool types ………………72 5.5.2 Milling tools …………………….. - Page 9
Table of contents Geometry settings……………………..159 Settable work offset (G54 to G57, G505 to G599, G53, G500, SUPA, G153) ……159 Selection of the working plane (G17/G18/G19) ……………..165 Dimensions ……………………..169 8.3.1 Absolute dimensions (G90, AC)………………..169 8.3.2 Incremental dimensions (G91, IC) …………………172 8.3.3 Absolute and incremental dimensions for turning and milling (G90/G91) ………175 8.3.4… - Page 10
Table of contents 9.13 Tapping with compensating chuck (G63)……………… 275 9.14 Fast retraction for thread cutting (LFON, LFOF, DILF, ALF, LFTXT, LFWP, LFPOS, POLF, POLFMASK, POLFMLIN)………………..277 9.15 Chamfer, rounding (CHF, CHR, RND, RNDM, FRC, FRCM) ……….. 282 Tool radius compensation……………………289 10.1 Tool radius compensation (G40, G41, G42, OFFN) ………….. - Page 11
Table of contents Supplementary commands ……………………401 14.1 Output messages (MSG) ………………….401 14.2 Writing string in OPI variable (WRTPR)………………403 14.3 Working area limitation ………………….404 14.3.1 Working area limitation in BCS (G25/G26, WALIMON, WALIMOF)……….404 14.3.2 Working area limitation in WCS/SZS (WALCS0 … WALCS10)……….408 14.4 Reference point approach (G74) ………………..411 14.5… - Page 12
Table of contents Tables…………………………457 16.1 Instructions ……………………..457 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D…………….503 16.3 Addresses ……………………..524 16.4 G function groups……………………533 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls………………….. 551 16.6 Predefined subroutine calls in motion-synchronous actions…………. 566 16.7 Predefined functions ……………………. 567 Appendix………………………… -
Page 13: Fundamental Geometrical Principles
Fundamental Geometrical Principles Workpiece positions 1.1.1 Workpiece coordinate systems In order that the machine or the control can work with the positions specified in the NC program, these specifications have to be made in a reference system that can be transferred to the directions of motion of the machine axes.
- Page 14
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.1 Workpiece positions Figure 1-2 Workpiece coordinate system for turning The workpiece zero (W) is the origin of the workpiece coordinate system. Sometimes it is advisable or even necessary to work with negative position specifications. For this reason, positions that are to the left of the zero point are assigned a negative sign («-«). -
Page 15: Cartesian Coordinates
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.1 Workpiece positions 1.1.2 Cartesian coordinates The axes in the coordinate system are assigned dimensions. In this way, it is possible to clearly describe every point in the coordinate system and therefore every workpiece position through the direction (X, Y and Z) and three numerical values The workpiece zero always has the coordinates X0, Y0, and Z0.
-
Page 16: Fundamental Geometrical Principles
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.1 Workpiece positions Example: Workpiece positions for turning With lathes, one plane is sufficient to describe the contour: Points P1 to P4 have the following coordinates: Position Coordinates X25 Z-7.5 X40 Z-15 X40 Z-25 X60 Z-35 Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0…
- Page 17
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.1 Workpiece positions Example: Workpiece positions for milling For milling, the feed depth must also be described, i.e. the third coordinate (in this case Z) must also be assigned a numerical value. Points P1 to P3 have the following coordinates: Position Coordinates X10 Y45 Z-5… -
Page 18: Polar Coordinates
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.1 Workpiece positions 1.1.3 Polar coordinates Polar coordinates can be used instead of Cartesian coordinates to describe workpiece positions. This is useful when a workpiece or part of a workpiece has been dimensioned with radius and angle. The point from which the dimensioning starts is called the «pole». Position specifications in the form of polar coordinates Polar coordinates are made up of the polar radius and the polar angle.
-
Page 19: Absolute Dimensions
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.1 Workpiece positions 1.1.4 Absolute dimensions Position specifications in absolute dimensions With absolute dimensions, all the position specifications refer to the currently valid zero point. Applied to tool movement this means: the position, to which the tool is to travel. Example: Turning In absolute dimensions, the following position specifications result for points P1 to P4: Position…
- Page 20
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.1 Workpiece positions Example: Milling In absolute dimensions, the following position specifications result for points P1 to P3: Position Position specification in absolute dimensions X20 Y35 X50 Y60 X70 Y20 Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 21: Incremental Dimension
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.1 Workpiece positions 1.1.5 Incremental dimension Position specifications in incremental dimensions In production drawings, the dimensions often do not refer to a zero point, but to another workpiece point. So that these dimensions do not have to be converted, they can be specified in incremental dimensions.
- Page 22
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.1 Workpiece positions Example: Milling The position specifications for points P1 to P3 in incremental dimensions are: In incremental dimensions, the following position specifications result for points P1 to P3: Position Position specification in incremental The specification refers to: dimensions X20 Y35 Zero point… -
Page 23: Working Planes
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.2 Working planes Working planes An NC program must contain information about the plane in which the work is to be performed. Only then can the control unit calculate the correct tool offsets during the execution of the NC program. The specification of the working plane is also relevant for certain types of circular-path programming and polar coordinates.
- Page 24
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.2 Working planes Programming of the working planes The working planes are defined in the NC program with the G commands follows: G command Working plane Infeed direction Abscissa Ordinate Applicate Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 25: Zero Points And Reference Points
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.3 Zero points and reference points Zero points and reference points Various zero points and reference points are defined on an NC machine: Zero points Machine zero The machine zero defines the machine coordinate system (MCS). All other reference points refer to the machine zero.
- Page 26
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.3 Zero points and reference points Zero points for milling Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 27: Coordinate Systems
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.4 Coordinate systems Coordinate systems A distinction is made between the following coordinate systems: ● Machine coordinate system (MCS) (Page 27) with the machine zero M ● Basic coordinate system (BCS) (Page 30) ● Basic zero system (BZS) (Page 32) ●…
- Page 28
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.4 Coordinate systems Three-finger rule The orientation of the coordinate system relative to the machine depends on the machine type. The axis directions follow the so-called «three-finger rule» of the right hand (according to DIN 66217). Seen from in front of the machine, the middle finger of the right hand points in the opposite direction to the infeed of the main spindle. - Page 29
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.4 Coordinate systems Position of the coordinate system in different machine types The position of the coordinate system resulting from the «three-finger rule» can have a different orientation for different machine types. Here are a few examples: Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 30: Basic Coordinate System (Bcs)
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.4 Coordinate systems 1.4.2 Basic coordinate system (BCS) The basic coordinate system (BCS) consists of three mutually perpendicular axes (geometry axes) as well as other special axes, which are not interrelated geometrically. Machine tools without kinematic transformation BCS and MCS always coincide when the BCS can be mapped onto the MCS without kinematic transformation (e.g.
- Page 31
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.4 Coordinate systems Machine tools with kinematic transformation BCS and MCS do not coincide when the BCS is mapped onto the MCS with kinematic transformation (e.g. 5-axis transformation, TRANSMIT/TRACYL/TRAANG). On such machines the machine axes and geometry axes must have different names. Figure 1-7 Kinematic transformation between the MCS and BCS Machine kinematics… -
Page 32: Basic Zero System (Bzs)
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.4 Coordinate systems 1.4.3 Basic zero system (BZS) The basic zero system (BZS) is the basic coordinate system with a basic offset. Basic offset The basic offset describes the coordinate transformation between BCS and BZS. It can be used, for example, to define the palette window zero.
-
Page 33: Settable Zero System (Szs)
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.4 Coordinate systems 1.4.4 Settable zero system (SZS) Settable zero offset The «settable zero system» (SZS) results from the basic zero system (BZS) through the settable zero offset. Settable zero offsets are activated in the NC program with the G commands as follows: G505 G599…
-
Page 34: Workpiece Coordinate System (Wcs)
Fundamental Geometrical Principles 1.4 Coordinate systems 1.4.5 Workpiece coordinate system (WCS) The geometry of a workpiece is described in the workpiece coordinate system (WCS). In other words, the data in the NC program refer to the workpiece coordinate system. The workpiece coordinate system is always a Cartesian coordinate system and assigned to a specific workpiece.
-
Page 35: Fundamental Principles Of Nc Programming
Fundamental Principles of NC Programming Note DIN 66025 is the guideline for NC programming. Name of an NC program Rules for program names Each NC program has a different name; the name can be chosen freely during program creation, taking the following conditions into account: ●…
-
Page 36: Fundamental Principles Of
Fundamental Principles of NC Programming 2.1 Name of an NC program Files in punch tape format Externally created program files that are read into the NC via the RS-232-C must be present in punch tape format. The following additional rules apply for the name of a file in punch tape format: ●…
-
Page 37: Structure And Contents Of An Nc Program
Fundamental Principles of NC Programming 2.2 Structure and contents of an NC program Structure and contents of an NC program 2.2.1 Blocks and block components Blocks An NC program consists of a sequence of NC blocks. Each block contains the data for the execution of a step in the workpiece machining.
-
Page 38: Programming Manual
Fundamental Principles of NC Programming 2.2 Structure and contents of an NC program Elements of the NC high-level language As the command set according to DIN 66025 is no longer adequate for the programming of complex machining sequences in modern machine tools, it has been extended by the elements of the NC high-level language.
-
Page 39: Block Rules
Fundamental Principles of NC Programming 2.2 Structure and contents of an NC program Effectiveness of commands Commands are either modal or non-modal: ● Modal Modal commands retain their validity with the programmed value (in all following blocks) until: – A new value is programmed under the same command –…
- Page 40
Fundamental Principles of NC Programming 2.2 Structure and contents of an NC program Block length A block can contain a maximum of 512 characters (including the comment and end-of-block character «L «). Note Three blocks of up to 66 characters each are normally displayed in the current block display on the screen. -
Page 41: Value Assignments
Fundamental Principles of NC Programming 2.2 Structure and contents of an NC program 2.2.3 Value assignments Values can be assigned to the addresses. The following rules apply: ● An «=» sign must be inserted between the address and the value if: –…
-
Page 42: Comments
Fundamental Principles of NC Programming 2.2 Structure and contents of an NC program 2.2.4 Comments To make an NC program easier to understand, comments can be added to the NC blocks. A comment is at the end of a block and is separated from the program section of the NC block by a semicolon («;»).
-
Page 43: Skipping Blocks
Fundamental Principles of NC Programming 2.2 Structure and contents of an NC program 2.2.5 Skipping blocks NC blocks, which are not to be executed in every program pass (e.g. execute a trial program run), can be skipped. Programming Blocks, which are to be skipped are marked with an oblique «/» in front of the block number. Several consecutive blocks can also be skipped.
- Page 44
Fundamental Principles of NC Programming 2.2 Structure and contents of an NC program Skip levels Blocks can be assigned to skip levels (max. 10), which can be activated via the user interface. Programming is performed by assigning a forward slash, followed by the number of the skip level. -
Page 45: Creating An Nc Program
Creating an NC program Basic procedure The programming of the individual operation steps in the NC language generally represents only a small proportion of the work in the development of an NC program. Programming of the actual instructions should be preceded by the planning and preparation of the operation steps.
-
Page 46: Creating An Nc Program
Creating an NC program 3.1 Basic procedure 3. Create a machining plan Define all machining operations step-by-step, e.g. – Rapid traverse movements for positioning – Tool change – Define the machining plane – Retraction for checking – Switch spindle, coolant on/off –…
-
Page 47: Available Characters
Creating an NC program 3.2 Available characters Available characters The following characters are available for writing NC programs: ● Upper-case characters: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N,(O),P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z ●…
- Page 48
Creating an NC program 3.2 Available characters NOTICE Take care to differentiate between the letter «O» and the digit «0». Note No distinction is made between upper and lower-case characters (exception: tool call). Note Non-printable special characters are treated like blanks. Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 49: Program Header
Creating an NC program 3.3 Program header Program header The NC blocks that are placed in front of the actual motion blocks for the machining of the workpiece contour, are called the program header. The program header contains information/statements regarding: ●…
- Page 50
Creating an NC program 3.3 Program header Program header for milling The following example shows the typical structure of an NC program header for milling: Program code Comment N10 T=»SF12″ ; Alternative: T123 N20 M6 ; Trigger tool change N30 D1 ;… -
Page 51: Program Examples
Creating an NC program 3.4 Program examples Program examples 3.4.1 Example 1: First programming steps Program example 1 is to be used to perform and test the first programming steps on the NC. Procedure 1. Create a new part program (name) 2.
-
Page 52: Example 2: Nc Program For Turning
Creating an NC program 3.4 Program examples 3.4.2 Example 2: NC program for turning Program example 2 is intended for the machining of a workpiece on a lathe. It contains radius programming and tool radius compensation. Note In order that the program can run on the machine, the machine data must have been set appropriately (→…
- Page 53
Creating an NC program 3.4 Program examples Program example 2 Program code Comment N5 G0 G53 X280 Z380 D0 ; Starting point N10 TRANS X0 Z250 ; Zero offset N15 LIMS=4000 ; Speed limitation (G96) N20 G96 S250 M3 ; Select constant cutting rate N25 G90 T1 D1 M8 ;… -
Page 54: Example 3: Nc Program For Milling
Creating an NC program 3.4 Program examples 3.4.3 Example 3: NC program for milling Program example 3 is intended for the machining of a workpiece on a vertical milling machine. It contains surface and side milling as well as drilling. Note In order that the program can run on the machine, the machine data must have been set appropriately (→…
- Page 55
Creating an NC program 3.4 Program examples Figure 3-3 Top view Program example 3 Program code Comment N10 T=»PF60″ Preselection of the tool with name PF60. N20 M6 Load the tool into the spindle. N30 S2000 M3 M8 Speed, direction of rotation, cooling on. - Page 56
Creating an NC program 3.4 Program examples Program code Comment N130 G1 G40 Y-72 F3000 Deselection of the milling tool radius compensation. N140 G0 Z200 M5 M9 Retraction of the milling tool, spindle + cooling off. N150 T=»SF10″ Preselection of the tool with name SF10. -
Page 57: Tool Change
Tool change Tool change method In chain, rotary-plate and box magazines, a tool change normally takes place in two stages: 1. The tool is sought in the magazine with the T command. 2. The tool is then loaded into the spindle with the M command. In circular magazines on turning machines, the T command carries out the entire tool change, that is, locates and inserts the tool.
-
Page 58: Tool Change Without Tool Management
Tool change 4.1 Tool change without tool management Tool change without tool management 4.1.1 Tool change with T command Function There is a direct tool change when the T command is programmed. Application For turning machines with circular magazine. Syntax Tool selection: T<number>…
-
Page 59: Tool Change With M6
Tool change 4.1 Tool change without tool management 4.1.2 Tool change with M6 Function The tool is selected when the command is programmed. The tool only becomes active with (including tool offset). Application For milling machines with chain, rotary-plate or box magazines. Syntax Tool selection: T<number>…
-
Page 60: Tool Change
Tool change 4.1 Tool change without tool management Example Program code Comment N10 T1 M6 ; Loading of tool T1. N20 D1 ; Selection of tool length compensation. N30 G1 X10 … ; Machining with T1. N70 T5 ; Preselection of tool T5. N80 …
-
Page 61: Tool Change With Tool Management (Option)
Tool change 4.2 Tool change with tool management (option) Tool change with tool management (option) Tool management The optional «Tool management» function ensures that at any given time the correct tool is in the correct location and that the data assigned to the tool are up to date. It also allows fast tool changes and avoids both scrap by monitoring the tool service life and machine downtimes by using spare tools.
- Page 62
Tool change 4.2 Tool change with tool management (option) Significance Command for tool change and activation of the tool offset The following specifications are possible: Number of the magazine location <location> Name of tool <name> Note: The correct notation (upper/lower case) must be observed when programming a tool name. - Page 63
Tool change 4.2 Tool change with tool management (option) The following tool call is programmed in the NC program: N10 T=1 The call is processed as follows: 1. Magazine location 1 is considered and the tool identifier determined. 2. The tool management recognizes that this tool is blocked and therefore cannot be used. 3. -
Page 64: Tool Change With M6 With Active Tool Management (Option)
Tool change 4.2 Tool change with tool management (option) 4.2.2 Tool change with M6 with active tool management (option) Function The tool is selected when the command is programmed. The tool only becomes active with (including tool offset). Application For milling machines with chain, rotary-plate or box magazines. Syntax Tool selection: T=<location>…
- Page 65
Tool change 4.2 Tool change with tool management (option) Note If the selected magazine location is not occupied in a tool magazine, the command acts as . The selection of the next occupied magazine location can be used to position the empty location. -
Page 66: Behavior With Faulty T Programming
Tool change 4.3 Behavior with faulty T programming Behavior with faulty T programming The behavior with faulty T programming depends on the configuration of the machine: MD22562 TOOL_CHANGE_ERROR_MODE Value Meaning Basic setting! With the T programming, a check is made immediately as to whether the NCK recognizes the T number.
-
Page 67: Tool Offsets
Tool offsets General information about the tool offsets Workpiece dimensions are programmed directly (e.g. according to the production drawing). Therefore, tool data such as milling tool diameter, cutting edge position of the turning tool (counterclockwise/clockwise turning tool) and tool length does not have to be taken into consideration when creating the program.
-
Page 68: Tool Length Compensation
Tool offsets 5.2 Tool length compensation Tool length compensation The tool length compensation compensates for the differences in length between the tools used. The tool length is the distance between the toolholder reference point and the tool tip: This length is measured and entered in the tool compensation memory of the control together with definable wear values.
-
Page 69: Tool Radius Compensation
Tool offsets 5.3 Tool radius compensation Tool radius compensation The contour and tool path are not identical. The milling tool or cutting edge center must travel along a path that is equidistant from the contour. To do this, the control requires data about the tool form (radius) from the tool compensation memory.
-
Page 70: Tool Compensation Memory
Tool offsets 5.4 Tool compensation memory Tool compensation memory The following data must be available in the tool compensation memory of the control for each tool edge: ● Tool type ● Cutting edge position ● Tool geometry variables (length, radius) This data is entered as tool parameters (max.
- Page 71
Tool offsets 5.4 Tool compensation memory Tool geometry variables (length, radius) The tool geometry variables consist of several components (geometry, wear). The control computes the components to a certain dimension (e.g. overall length 1, total radius). The respective overall dimension becomes effective when the compensation memory is activated. -
Page 72: Tool Types
Tool offsets 5.5 Tool types Tool types 5.5.1 General information about the tool types Tools are divided into tool types. Each tool type is assigned a 3-digit number. The first digit assigns the tool type to one of the following groups depending on the technology used: Tool type Tool group Milling tools…
- Page 73
Tool offsets 5.5 Tool types Tool parameters The following figures provide an overview of which tool parameters (DP…) for milling tools are entered in the compensation memory: Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 74: Drills
Tool offsets 5.5 Tool types Note Brief description of the tool parameters can be found on the user interface. For further information, see: References: Function Manual, Basic Functions; Tool Offset (W1) 5.5.3 Drills The following tool types are available in the «Drills» group: Twist drill Drill Boring bar…
-
Page 75: Grinding Tools
Tool offsets 5.5 Tool types Note Brief description of the tool parameters can be found on the user interface. For further information, see: References: Function Manual, Basic Functions; Tool Offset (W1) 5.5.4 Grinding tools The following tool types are available in the «Grinding tools» group: Surface grinding wheel Surface grinding wheel with monitoring Surface grinding wheel without monitoring without base dimension (TOOLMAN)
- Page 76
Tool offsets 5.5 Tool types Tool parameters The following figure provides an overview of which tool parameters (DP…) for grinding tools are entered in the compensation memory: Note Brief description of the tool parameters can be found on the user interface. For further information, see: References: Function Manual, Basic Functions;… -
Page 77: Turning Tools
Tool offsets 5.5 Tool types 5.5.5 Turning tools The following tool types are available in the «Turning tools» group: Roughing tool Finishing tool Plunge cutter Parting tool Threading tool Button tool / forming tool (TOOLMAN) Rotary drill (ECOCUT) Probe with cutting edge position parameters Tool parameters The following figures provide an overview of which tool parameters (DP…) for turning tools are entered in the compensation memory:…
- Page 78
Tool offsets 5.5 Tool types Note Brief description of the tool parameters can be found on the user interface. For further information, see: References: Function Manual, Basic Functions; Tool Offset (W1) Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 79: Special Tools
Tool offsets 5.5 Tool types 5.5.6 Special tools The following tool types are available in the «Special tools» group: Slotting saw 3D probe Edge probe Stop Tool parameters The following figure provides an overview of which tool parameters (DP…) for «Slotting saw» tool type are entered in the compensation memory: Note Brief description of the tool parameters can be found on the user interface.
-
Page 80: Chaining Rule
Tool offsets 5.5 Tool types 5.5.7 Chaining rule The geometry tool length compensations, wear and base dimension can be chained for both the left and the right tool nose radius compensation, i.e. if the tool length compensations are changed for the left cutting edge, then the values are also automatically entered for the right cutting edge and vice versa.
-
Page 81: Tool Offset Call (D)
Tool offsets 5.6 Tool offset call (D) Tool offset call (D) Function Cutting edges 1 to 8 (with active TOOLMAN 12) of a tool can be assigned different tool offset data records (e.g. different offset values for the left and right cutting edge of a grooving tool). Activation of the offset data (including the data for the tool length compensation) of a special cutting edge is performed by calling the D number.
- Page 82
Tool offsets 5.6 Tool offset call (D) Significance Command for the activation of an offset data record for the active tool The tool length compensation is applied with the first programmed traverse of the associated length compensation axis. Notice: A tool length compensation can also take effect without D programming, when the automatic activation of a tool edge has been configured for the tool change (→… - Page 83
Tool offsets 5.6 Tool offset call (D) Type of D programming The type of D programming is defined via machine data. This can be done as follows: ● D number = cutting edge number D numbers ranging from 1 to max. 12 are available for every tool T<number> or T=»Name»… -
Page 84: Tool Offsets
Tool offsets 5.6 Tool offset call (D) Example 2: Different offset values for the left and right cutting edge of a grooving tool N10 T2 N20 G0 X35 Z-20 N30 G1 D1 X10 N40… D6 Z-5 Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0…
-
Page 85: Change In The Tool Offset Data
Tool offsets 5.7 Change in the tool offset data Change in the tool offset data Effectiveness A change in the tool offset data takes effect the next time the T or D number is programmed. Set tool offset data to be active immediately The following machine data can be used to specify that entered tool offset data takes effect immediately: MD9440 $MM_ACTIVATE_SEL_USER…
-
Page 86: Programmable Tool Offset (Toffl, Toff, Toffr)
Tool offsets 5.8 Programmable tool offset (TOFFL, TOFF, TOFFR) Programmable tool offset (TOFFL, TOFF, TOFFR) Function The user can use the commands to modify the effective tool length or TOFFL TOFF TOFFR the effective tool radius in the NC program, without changing the tool offset data stored in the compensation memory.
- Page 87
Tool offsets 5.8 Programmable tool offset (TOFFL, TOFF, TOFFR) Significance Command for the compensation of the effective tool length TOFFL can be programmed with or without index: TOFFL • Without index: TOFFL= The programmed offset value is applied in the same direction as the tool length component L1 stored in the compensation memory. - Page 88
Tool offsets 5.8 Programmable tool offset (TOFFL, TOFF, TOFFR) Further syntax rules ● The tool length can be changed simultaneously in all three components. However, commands of the group and commands of the TOFFL TOFFL[1..3] TOFF[<geometry axis>] may not be used simultaneously in one block. may also not be written simultaneously in one block. - Page 89
Tool offsets 5.8 Programmable tool offset (TOFFL, TOFF, TOFFR) Example 2: Negative tool length offset The active tool is a drill with length L1 = 100 mm. The active plane is , i.e. the drill points in the Y direction. The effective drill length is to be decreased by 1 mm. - Page 90
Tool offsets 5.8 Programmable tool offset (TOFFL, TOFF, TOFFR) Further information Applications The «Programmable tool offset» function is especially interesting for ball mills and milling tools with corner radii as these are often calculated in the CAM system to the ball center instead of the ball tip. -
Page 91: Spindle Motion
Spindle motion Spindle speed (S), direction of spindle rotation (M3, M4, M5) Function The spindle speed and direction of rotation values set the spindle in rotary motion and provide the conditions for chip removal. Figure 6-1 Spindle motion during turning Other spindles may be available in addition to the main spindle (e.g.
- Page 92
Spindle motion 6.1 Spindle speed (S), direction of spindle rotation (M3, M4, M5) Significance Spindle speed in rpm for the master spindle S… Spindle speed in rpm for spindle <n> S<n>=… Note: The speed specified with applies to the master spindle. S0=…… - Page 93
Spindle motion 6.1 Spindle speed (S), direction of spindle rotation (M3, M4, M5) Example S1 is the master spindle, S2 is the second spindle. The part is to be machined from two sides. To do this, it is necessary to divide the operations into steps. After the cut-off point, the synchronizing device (S2) takes over machining of the workpiece after the cut off. - Page 94
Spindle motion 6.1 Spindle speed (S), direction of spindle rotation (M3, M4, M5) Example: Program code Comment N10 G1 F500 X70 Y20 S270 M3 ; The spindle ramps up to 270 rpm, then the movements are executed in X and Y. N100 G0 Z150 M5 ;… -
Page 95: Cutting Rate (Svc)
Spindle motion 6.2 Cutting rate (SVC) Cutting rate (SVC) Function As an alternative to the spindle speed, the tool cutting rate, which is more commonly used in practice, can be programmed for milling operations. The control uses the radius of the active tool to calculate the effective spindle speed from the programmed tool cutting rate: S = (SVC * 1000) / (R * 2π)
- Page 96
Spindle motion 6.2 Cutting rate (SVC) Syntax SVC[<n>]=<value> Note In the block with , the tool radius must be known; in other words, a corresponding tool including a tool offset data record must be active or selected in the block. There is no fixed sequence for selection during programming in the same block. -
Page 97: Spindle Motion
Spindle motion 6.2 Cutting rate (SVC) Note The tool paths of «standard tools» generated e.g. using CAD systems which already take the tool radius into account and only contain the deviation from the standard tool in the tool nose radius are not supported in conjunction with programming.
- Page 98
Spindle motion 6.2 Cutting rate (SVC) Example 4: Assumptions: Master or tool change is determined by the toolholder. MD20124 $MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER > 1 In the event of a tool change the old tool offset is retained. A tool offset for the new tool is only activated when is programmed: MD20270 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT = — 2… - Page 99
Spindle motion 6.2 Cutting rate (SVC) Example 5: Assumptions: Spindles are toolholders at the same time: MD20124 $MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER = 0 In the event of a tool change tool offset data record D4 is selected automatically. MD20270 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT = 4 Program code Comment N10 $TC_MPP1[9998,1]=2 ;… - Page 100
Spindle motion 6.2 Cutting rate (SVC) Further information Tool radius The following tool offset data (associated with the active tool) affect the tool radius when: ● $TC_DP6 (radius — geometry) ● $TC_DP15 (radius — wear) ● $TC_SCPx6 (offset for $TC_DP6) ●… -
Page 101: Constant Cutting Rate (G96/G961/G962, G97/G971/G972, G973, Lims, Scc)
Spindle motion 6.3 Constant cutting rate (G96/G961/G962, G97/G971/G972, G973, LIMS, SCC) Constant cutting rate (G96/G961/G962, G97/G971/G972, G973, LIMS, SCC) Function When the «Constant cutting rate» function is active, the spindle speed is modified as a function of the respective workpiece diameter so that the cutting rate S in m/min or ft/min remains constant at the tool edge.
- Page 102
Spindle motion 6.3 Constant cutting rate (G96/G961/G962, G97/G971/G972, G973, LIMS, SCC) Significance Constant cutting rate with feedrate type G95: ON G95 is activated automatically with G96. If G95 has not been activated previously, a new feedrate value will have to be specified when G96 is F… - Page 103
Spindle motion 6.3 Constant cutting rate (G96/G961/G962, G97/G971/G972, G973, LIMS, SCC) Examples Example 1: Activating the constant cutting rate with speed limitation Program code Comment N10 SETMS (3) N20 G96 S100 LIMS=2500 ; Constant cutting rate = 100 m/min, max. speed 2,500 rpm N60 G96 G90 X0 Z10 F8 S100 LIMS=444 ;… - Page 104
Spindle motion 6.3 Constant cutting rate (G96/G961/G962, G97/G971/G972, G973, LIMS, SCC) Further information Calculation of the spindle speed The ENS position of the face axis (radius) is the basis for calculating the spindle speed from the programmed cutting rate. Note Frames between WCS and SZS (e.g. - Page 105
Spindle motion 6.3 Constant cutting rate (G96/G961/G962, G97/G971/G972, G973, LIMS, SCC) Deactivating the constant cutting rate (G97/G971/G973) After , the control interprets an S value as a spindle speed in rpm again. If you do G97/G971 not specify a new spindle speed, the last speed set with is retained. - Page 106
Spindle motion 6.3 Constant cutting rate (G96/G961/G962, G97/G971/G972, G973, LIMS, SCC) Program code Comment N05 G95 F0.1 N10 GEOAX(1, X1) ; Channel axis X1 becomes first geometry axis. N20 SCC[X1] ; X1 and implicitly the first geometry axis (X) becomes the reference axis for G96/G961/G962. -
Page 107: Constant Grinding Wheel Peripheral Speed (Gwpson, Gwpsof)
Spindle motion 6.4 Constant grinding wheel peripheral speed (GWPSON, GWPSOF) Constant grinding wheel peripheral speed (GWPSON, GWPSOF) Function The «Constant grinding wheel peripheral speed (GWPS)» function is used to set the grinding wheel speed so that, taking account of the current radius, the grinding wheel peripheral speed remains constant.
- Page 108
Spindle motion 6.4 Constant grinding wheel peripheral speed (GWPSON, GWPSOF) Example A constant grinding wheel peripheral speed is to be used for grinding tools T1 and T5. T1 is the active tool. Program code Comment N20 T1 D1 ; Select T1 and D1. N25 S1=1000 M1=3 ;… -
Page 109: Programmable Spindle Speed Limitation (G25, G26)
Spindle motion 6.5 Programmable spindle speed limitation (G25, G26) Programmable spindle speed limitation (G25, G26) Function The minimum and maximum spindle speeds defined in the machine and setting data can be modified by means of a part program command. Programmed spindle speed limitations are possible for all spindles of the channel. CAUTION A spindle speed limitation programmed with overwrites the speed limits in the…
- Page 110
Spindle motion 6.5 Programmable spindle speed limitation (G25, G26) Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 111: Feed Control
Feed control Feedrate (G93, G94, G95, F, FGROUP, FL, FGREF) Function These commands are used in the NC program to set the feedrates for all axes involved in the machining sequence. Syntax G93/G94/G95 F… FGROUP(<axis1>,<axis2>, etc.) FGREF[<rotary axis>]=<reference radius> FL[<axis>]=<value> Significance Inverse-time feedrate (in rpm) Linear feedrate (in mm/min, inch/min or °/min)
-
Page 112: Feed Control
Feed control 7.1 Feedrate (G93, G94, G95, F, FGROUP, FL, FGREF) Examples Example 1: Mode of operation of FGROUP The following example is intended to demonstrate the effect of on the path and path FGROUP feedrate. The variable contains the time of the block start in seconds. It can only be $AC_TIME used in synchronized actions.
- Page 113
Feed control 7.1 Feedrate (G93, G94, G95, F, FGROUP, FL, FGREF) Example 2: Traverse synchronized axes with limit velocity FL The path velocity of the path axes is reduced if the synchronized axis Z reaches the limit velocity. Program code N10 G0 X0 Y0 N20 FGROUP(X) N30 G1 X1000 Y1000 G94 F1000 FL[Y]=500… - Page 114
Feed control 7.1 Feedrate (G93, G94, G95, F, FGROUP, FL, FGREF) Further information Feedrate for path axes (F) The path feedrate is generally composed of the individual speed components of all geometry axes participating in the movement and refers to the center point of the cutter or the tip of the turning tool. - Page 115
Feed control 7.1 Feedrate (G93, G94, G95, F, FGROUP, FL, FGREF) Note If the path lengths vary greatly from block to block, a new value should be specified in each block with . When machining with rotary axes, the feedrate can also be specified in degrees/min. - Page 116
Feed control 7.1 Feedrate (G93, G94, G95, F, FGROUP, FL, FGREF) Change FGROUP The setting made with can be changed: FGROUP 1. By reprogramming : e.g. FGROUP FGROUP(X,Y,Z) 2. By programming without a specific axis: FGROUP FGROUP() In accordance with , the initial setting in the machine data applies: Geometry FGROUP() axes are now once again traversed in the path axis grouping. - Page 117
Feed control 7.1 Feedrate (G93, G94, G95, F, FGROUP, FL, FGREF) Traverse rotary axes with path velocity F (FGREF) For machining operations, in which the tool or the workpiece or both are moved by a rotary axis, the effective machining feedrate is to be interpreted as a path feed in the usual way by reference to the F value. - Page 118
Feed control 7.1 Feedrate (G93, G94, G95, F, FGROUP, FL, FGREF) CAUTION evaluation also works if only rotary axes are programmed in the block. The normal FGREF value interpretation as degree/min applies in this case only if the radius reference corresponds to the default: FGREF… - Page 119
Feed control 7.1 Feedrate (G93, G94, G95, F, FGROUP, FL, FGREF) Path reference factors for orientation axes with FGREF With orientation axes the mode of operation of the factors is dependent upon FGREF[] whether the change in the orientation of the tool is implemented by means of rotary axis or vector interpolation. -
Page 120: Traversing Positioning Axes (Pos, Posa, Posp, Fa, Waitp, Waitmc)
Feed control 7.2 Traversing positioning axes (POS, POSA, POSP, FA, WAITP, WAITMC) Traversing positioning axes (POS, POSA, POSP, FA, WAITP, WAITMC) Function Positioning axes are traversed independently of the path axes at a separate, axis-specific feedrate. There are no interpolation commands. The commands are used to POSA POSP…
- Page 121
Feed control 7.2 Traversing positioning axes (POS, POSA, POSP, FA, WAITP, WAITMC) Significance Move positioning axis to specified position POSA have the same functionality but differ in their block change POSA behavior: delays the enabling of the NC block until the position has been •… - Page 122
Feed control 7.2 Traversing positioning axes (POS, POSA, POSP, FA, WAITP, WAITMC) Wait for a positioning axis to be traversed WAITP The subsequent blocks are not processed until the specified positioning axis programmed in a previous NC block with has reached its end POSA position (with exact stop fine). - Page 123
Feed control 7.2 Traversing positioning axes (POS, POSA, POSP, FA, WAITP, WAITMC) Example 2: Wait for end of travel with WAITP Pallet feed equipment Axis U: Pallet store Transport of workpiece pallet to working area Axis V: Transfer line to a gauging station where spot checks are carried out to assist the process Program code Comment… -
Page 124: Position-Controlled Spindle Operation (Spcon, Spcof)
Feed control 7.3 Position-controlled spindle operation (SPCON, SPCOF) Position-controlled spindle operation (SPCON, SPCOF) Function Position-controlled spindle mode may be advisable in some cases, e.g. in conjunction with large-pitch thread cutting with , where better quality can be achieved. NC command is used to switch over to position-controlled spindle mode. SPCON Note requires a maximum of 3 interpolation cycles.
-
Page 125: Positioning Spindles (Spos, Sposa, M19, M70, Waits)
Feed control 7.4 Positioning spindles (SPOS, SPOSA, M19, M70, WAITS) Positioning spindles (SPOS, SPOSA, M19, M70, WAITS) Function can be used to set spindles to specific angular positions, e.g. during tool SPOS SPOSA change. induce a temporary switchover to position-controlled mode until the next SPOS SPOSA Positioning in axis mode…
- Page 126
Feed control 7.4 Positioning spindles (SPOS, SPOSA, M19, M70, WAITS) Conditions The spindle to be positioned must be capable of operation in position-controlled mode. Syntax Position spindle: SPOS=<value> SPOS[<n>]=<value> SPOSA=<value> SPOSA[<n>]=<value> M<n>=19 Switch spindle over to axis mode: M<n>=70 Define end-of-motion criterion: FINEA FINEA[S<n>] COARSEA… - Page 127
Feed control 7.4 Positioning spindles (SPOS, SPOSA, M19, M70, WAITS) Significance Set spindle to specified angle SPOS SPOSA have the same functionality but differ in their block SPOS SPOSA change behavior: delays the enabling of the NC block until the position has been •… - Page 128
Feed control 7.4 Positioning spindles (SPOS, SPOSA, M19, M70, WAITS) Motion end when «Exact stop fine» reached FINEA Motion end when «Exact stop coarse» reached COARSEA End of motion on reaching «interpolator stop» IPOENDA Spindle for which the programmed end-of-motion criterion is to be S<n>… - Page 129
Feed control 7.4 Positioning spindles (SPOS, SPOSA, M19, M70, WAITS) Note With incremental dimensions , spindle positioning can take place over several IC(<value>) revolutions. Note If position control was activated with prior to , this remains active until SPCON SPOS SPCOF issued. - Page 130
Feed control 7.4 Positioning spindles (SPOS, SPOSA, M19, M70, WAITS) Example 2: Spindle positioning in axis mode Program variant 1: Program code Comment N10 M3 S500 N90 SPOS[2]=0 ; Position control on, spindle 2 positioned to 0, axis mode can be used in the next block. N100 X50 C180 ;… - Page 131
Feed control 7.4 Positioning spindles (SPOS, SPOSA, M19, M70, WAITS) Example 3: Drill cross holes in turned part Cross holes are to be drilled in this turned part. The running drive spindle (master spindle) is stopped at zero degrees and then successively turned through 90°, stopped and so on. Program code Comment .. - Page 132
Feed control 7.4 Positioning spindles (SPOS, SPOSA, M19, M70, WAITS) Further information Positioning with SPOSA The block step enable or program execution is not affected by SPOSA. The spindle positioning can be performed during execution of subsequent NC blocks. The program moves onto the next block if all the functions (except for spindle) programmed in the current block have reached their block end criterion. - Page 133
Feed control 7.4 Positioning spindles (SPOS, SPOSA, M19, M70, WAITS) Position spindle from rotation (M3/M4) When is active, the spindle comes to a standstill at the programmed value. There is no difference between dimensioning. In both cases, rotation continues in the direction selected by until the absolute end position is reached. -
Page 134: Feedrate For Positioning Axes/Spindles (Fa, Fpr, Fpraon, Fpraof)
Feed control 7.5 Feedrate for positioning axes/spindles (FA, FPR, FPRAON, FPRAOF) Feedrate for positioning axes/spindles (FA, FPR, FPRAON, FPRAOF) Function Positioning axes such as workpiece transport systems, tool turrets and end supports are traversed independently of path and synchronized axes. A separate feedrate is therefore defined for each positioning axis.
- Page 135
Feed control 7.5 Feedrate for positioning axes/spindles (FA, FPR, FPRAON, FPRAOF) Significance Feedrate for the specified positioning axis or positioning speed FA[…]=… (axial feedrate) for the specified spindle Unit: mm/min or inch/min or deg/min Range of values: … 999 999.999 mm/min, deg/min …… - Page 136
Feed control 7.5 Feedrate for positioning axes/spindles (FA, FPR, FPRAON, FPRAOF) Examples Example 1: Synchronous spindle coupling With synchronous spindle coupling, the positioning speed of the following spindle can be programmed independently of the master spindle, e.g. for positioning operations. Program code Comment FA[S2]=100… - Page 137
Feed control 7.5 Feedrate for positioning axes/spindles (FA, FPR, FPRAON, FPRAOF) Further information FA[…] The feedrate type is always . When is active, the unit is metric/inches according to the default setting in the machine data. can be used to modify the unit in the G700 G710 program. -
Page 138: Programmable Feedrate Override (Ovr, Ovrrap, Ovra)
Feed control 7.6 Programmable feedrate override (OVR, OVRRAP, OVRA) Programmable feedrate override (OVR, OVRRAP, OVRA) Function The velocity of path/positioning axes and spindles can be modified in the NC program. Syntax OVR=<value> OVRRAP=<value> OVRA[<axis>]=<value> OVRA[SPI(<n>)]=<value> OVRA[S<n>]=<value> Significance Feedrate modification for path feedrate F Feedrate modification for rapid traverse velocity OVRRAP Feedrate modification for positioning feedrate…
- Page 139
Feed control 7.6 Programmable feedrate override (OVR, OVRRAP, OVRA) Examples Example 1: Set feedrate override: 80% Program code Comment N10 … F1000 N20 OVR=50 ; The programmed path feedrate F1000 is changed in F400 (1000 * 0.8 * 0.5). Example 2: Program code Comment N10 OVRRAP=5… -
Page 140: Programmable Acceleration Override (Acc) (Option)
Feed control 7.7 Programmable acceleration override (ACC) (option) Programmable acceleration override (ACC) (option) Function In critical program sections, it may be necessary to limit the acceleration to below the maximum values, e.g. to prevent mechanical vibrations from occurring. The programmable acceleration override can be used to modify the acceleration for each path axis or spindle via a command in the NC program.
- Page 141
Feed control 7.7 Programmable acceleration override (ACC) (option) Example Program code Comment N50 ACC[X]=80 ; The axis slide in the X direction should only be traversed with 80% acceleration. N60 ACC[SPI(1)]=50 ; Spindle 1 should only accelerate or brake with 50% of the acceleration capacity. -
Page 142: Feedrate With Handwheel Override (Fd, Fda)
Feed control 7.8 Feedrate with handwheel override (FD, FDA) Feedrate with handwheel override (FD, FDA) Function commands can be used to traverse axes with handwheels during execution of the part program. The programmed settings for traversing the axes are then overlaid with the handwheel pulses evaluated as path or velocity defaults.
- Page 143
Feed control 7.8 Feedrate with handwheel override (FD, FDA) Syntax FD=<velocity> FDA[<axis>]=<velocity> Significance Path feedrate and enabling of velocity override FD=<velocity> with handwheel <velocity>: • Value = 0: Not allowed! • Value ≠ 0: Path velocity Axial feedrate FDA[<axis>]=<velocity> <velocity>: •… - Page 144
Feed control 7.8 Feedrate with handwheel override (FD, FDA) Further information Traverse path axes with velocity override (FD=<velocity>) The following conditions must be met for the part program block in which path velocity override is programmed: ● Path command active ●… - Page 145
Feed control 7.8 Feedrate with handwheel override (FD, FDA) Example: Program code Description N20 POS[V]=90 FDA[V]=0 Target position = 90 mm, axial feedrate = 0 mm/min and path override with handwheel. Velocity of axis V at start of block = 0 mm/min. Path and speed defaults are set using handwheel pulses Direction of movement, travel velocity The axes follow the path set by the handwheel in the direction of the sign. -
Page 146: Feedrate Optimization For Curved Path Sections (Cftcp, Cfc, Cfin)
Feed control 7.9 Feedrate optimization for curved path sections (CFTCP, CFC, CFIN) Feedrate optimization for curved path sections (CFTCP, CFC, CFIN) Function With activated offset mode G41/G42, the programmed feedrate for the milling cutter radius initially refers to the milling cutter center path (see the chapter titled «Coordinate transformations (frames)»).
- Page 147
Feed control 7.9 Feedrate optimization for curved path sections (CFTCP, CFC, CFIN) Example In this example, the contour is first produced with -corrected feedrate. During finishing, the cutting base is also machined with CFIN This prevents the cutting base being damaged at the outside radii by a feedrate that is too high. - Page 148
Feed control 7.9 Feedrate optimization for curved path sections (CFTCP, CFC, CFIN) Further information Constant feedrate on contour with CFC The feedrate is reduced for inside radii and increased for outside radii. This ensures a constant speed at the tool edge and thus at the contour. -
Page 149: Several Feedrate Values In One Block (F, St, Sr, Fma, Sta, Sra)
Feed control 7.10 Several feedrate values in one block (F, ST, SR, FMA, STA, SRA) 7.10 Several feedrate values in one block (F, ST, SR, FMA, STA, SRA) Function The «Multiple feedrates in one block» function can be used to activate different feedrate values for an NC block, a dwell time or a retraction motion-synchronously, dependent on external digital and/or analog inputs.
- Page 150
Feed control 7.10 Several feedrate values in one block (F, ST, SR, FMA, STA, SRA) FMA[2,<axis>]=… to The axial feedrate is programmed under the FMA[7,<axis>]=… address and remains valid during the absence of an input signal. In addition to the axial feedrate up to 6 further feedrates per axis can be programmed in the block with… - Page 151
Feed control 7.10 Several feedrate values in one block (F, ST, SR, FMA, STA, SRA) Examples Example 1: Path motion Program code Comment F7=1000 ; 7 corresponds to input bit 7 F2=20 ; 2 corresponds to input bit 2 ST=1 ;… -
Page 152: Non-Modal Feedrate (Fb)
Feed control 7.11 Non-modal feedrate (FB) 7.11 Non-modal feedrate (FB) Function The «Non-modal feedrate» function can be used to define a separate feedrate for a single block. After this block, the previous modal feedrate is active again. Syntax FB=<value> Significance Feedrate for current block only The programmed value must be greater than zero.
-
Page 153: Tooth Feedrate (G95 Fz)
Feed control 7.12 Tooth feedrate (G95 FZ) 7.12 Tooth feedrate (G95 FZ) Function Primarily for milling operations, the tooth feedrate, which is more commonly used in practice, can be programmed instead of the revolutional feedrate: The control uses the $TC_DPNT (number of teeth) tool parameter associated with the active tool offset data record to calculate the effective revolutional feedrate for each traversing block from the programmed tooth feedrate.
- Page 154
Feed control 7.12 Tooth feedrate (G95 FZ) Syntax G95 FZ… Note In the block, can be programmed together or in isolation. There is no fixed programmed sequence. Significance Type of feedrate: Revolutional feedrate in mm/rev or inch/rev (dependent upon G700 G710 see «Feedrate (G93, G94, G95, F, FGROUP, FL, FGREF) (Page 111)»… - Page 155
Feed control 7.12 Tooth feedrate (G95 FZ) Examples Example 1: Milling cutter with 5 teeth ($TC_DPNE = 5) Program code Comment N10 G0 X100 Y50 N20 G1 G95 FZ=0.02 ; Tooth feedrate 0.02 mm/tooth N30 T3 D1 ; Load tool and activate tool offset data record. M40 M3 S200 ;… - Page 156
Feed control 7.12 Tooth feedrate (G95 FZ) Example 4: Subsequent tool change Program code Comment N10 G0 X50 Y5 N20 G1 G95 FZ=0.03 ; Tooth feedrate 0.03 mm/tooth N30 M6 T11 D1 ; Load tool with e.g. 7 teeth ($TC_DPNT = 7). N30 M3 S100 N40 X30 ;… - Page 157
Feed control 7.12 Tooth feedrate (G95 FZ) Further information Changing between G93, G94 and G95 can also be programmed when is not active, although it will have no effect and is deleted when is selected. In other words, when changing between , and , in the same way as with… - Page 158
Feed control 7.12 Tooth feedrate (G95 FZ) ● Without preprocessing stop in the part program via system variables: $P_FZ Programmed tooth feedrate $P_F_TYPE Programmed path feedrate type Value: Significance: mm/min mm/rev inch/min inch/rev mm/tooth inch/tooth Note is not active, the $P_FZ and $AC_FZ variables will always return a value of zero. Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 159: Geometry Settings
Geometry settings Settable work offset (G54 to G57, G505 to G599, G53, G500, SUPA, G153) Function The workpiece zero in relation to the zero point of the basic coordinate system is set up by the settable zero offset ( ) in all axes. G505 G599 In this way it is possible to call zero points program-wide per G command (e.g.
- Page 160
Geometry settings 8.1 Settable work offset (G54 to G57, G505 to G599, G53, G500, SUPA, G153) Turning: Note During turning, for example, the offset value for returning of the chuck is entered in G54. Syntax Activating settable zero offset: G505 G599 Deactivating settable zero offset: G500… - Page 161
Geometry settings 8.1 Settable work offset (G54 to G57, G505 to G599, G53, G500, SUPA, G153) Meaning Call of the 1st to 4th settable zero offset (ZO) Call of the 5th to 99th settable zero offset G505 G599 Deactivation of the current settable zero offset G500 =zero frame: Deactivation of the settable zero… - Page 162
Geometry settings 8.1 Settable work offset (G54 to G57, G505 to G599, G53, G500, SUPA, G153) Example Three workpieces that are arranged on a pallet in accordance with the zero offset values are to be machined in succession. The machining sequence is programmed in subroutine L47. - Page 163
Geometry settings 8.1 Settable work offset (G54 to G57, G505 to G599, G53, G500, SUPA, G153) Further information Setting offset values On the operator panel or universal interface, enter the following values in the internal control zero offset table: ● Coordinates for the offset ●… - Page 164
Geometry settings 8.1 Settable work offset (G54 to G57, G505 to G599, G53, G500, SUPA, G153) In the next NC block with a programmed movement, all of the positional parameters and thus the tool movements refer to the workpiece zero, which is now valid. Note With the four available zero offsets, it is possible (e.g. -
Page 165: Selection Of The Working Plane (G17/G18/G19)
Geometry settings 8.2 Selection of the working plane (G17/G18/G19) Selection of the working plane (G17/G18/G19) Function The specification of the working plane, in which the desired contour is to be machined also defines the following functions: ● The plane for tool radius compensation ●…
- Page 166
Geometry settings 8.2 Selection of the working plane (G17/G18/G19) Meaning Working plane X/Y Infeed direction Z, plane selection 1st — 2nd geometry axis Working plane Z/X Infeed direction Y, plane selection 3rd — 1st geometry axis Working plane Y/Z Infeed direction X, plane selection 2nd — 3rd geometry axis Note In the default setting, G17 (X/Y plane) is defined for milling and G18 (Z/X plane) is defined for turning. - Page 167
Geometry settings 8.2 Selection of the working plane (G17/G18/G19) Further information General It is recommended that the working plane G17 to G19 be selected at the start of the program. In the default setting, the Z/X plane is preset for turning G18. Turning: The control requires the specification of the working plane for the calculation of the direction of rotation (see circular interpolation G2/G3). - Page 168
Geometry settings 8.2 Selection of the working plane (G17/G18/G19) Milling: Note The tool length components can be calculated according to the rotated working planes with the functions for «Tool length compensation for orientable tools». The compensation plane is selected with CUT2D, CUT2DF. For further information on this and for the description of the available calculation methods,see Chapter «Tool radius compensation (Page 289)». -
Page 169: Dimensions
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Dimensions The basis of most NC programs is a workpiece drawing with specific dimensions. These dimensions can be: ● In absolute dimensions or in incremental dimensions ● In millimeters or inches ● In radius or diameter (for turning) Specific programming commands are available for the various dimension options so that the data from a dimension drawing can be transferred directly (without conversion) to the NC program.
- Page 170
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Examples Example 1: Milling Program code Comment N10 G90 G0 X45 Y60 Z2 T1 S2000 M3 ; Absolute dimension input, in rapid traverse to position XYZ, tool selection, spindle on with clockwise direction of rotation. N20 G1 Z-5 F500 ;… - Page 171
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Example 2: Turning Program code Comment N5 T1 D1 S2000 M3 ; Loading of tool T1, spindle on with clockwise direction of rotation. N10 G0 G90 X11 Z1 ; Absolute dimension input, in rapid traverse to position XZ. N20 G1 Z-15 F0.2 ;… -
Page 172: Incremental Dimensions (G91, Ic)
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions 8.3.2 Incremental dimensions (G91, IC) Function With incremental dimensions, the position specification refers to the last point approached, i.e. the programming in incremental dimensions describes by how much the tool is to be traversed. Modal incremental dimensions Modal incremental dimensions are activated with the command.
- Page 173
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions G91 extension For certain applications, such as scratching, it is necessary that only the programmed distance is traversed in incremental dimensions. The active zero offset or tool length compensation is not traversed. This behavior can be set separately for the active zero offset and tool length compensation via the following setting data: SD42440 $SC_FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG (zero offsets in frames) SD42442 $SC_TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG (tool length compensations) -
Page 174: Geometry Settings
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Note For information on the input of the circle center point coordinates I and J, see Section «Circular interpolation». Example 2: Turning Program code Comment N5 T1 D1 S2000 M3 ; Loading of tool T1, spindle on with clockwise direction of rotation.
-
Page 175: Absolute And Incremental Dimensions For Turning And Milling (G90/G91)
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Example 3: Incremental dimensions without traversing of the active zero offset Settings: ● G54 contains an offset in X of 25 ● SD42440 $SC_FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG = 0 Program code Comment N10 G90 G0 G54 X100 N20 G1 G91 X10 ;…
- Page 176
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Turning: Note On conventional turning machines, it is usual to consider incremental traversing blocks in the transverse axis as radius values, while diameter specifications apply for the reference dimensions. This conversion for is performed using the commands DIAMON DIAMOF DIAM90… -
Page 177: Absolute Dimension For Rotary Axes (Dc, Acp, Acn)
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions 8.3.4 Absolute dimension for rotary axes (DC, ACP, ACN) Function The non-modal and -independent commands are available for the positioning of rotary axes in absolute dimensions. differ in the basic approach strategy: Syntax <rotary axis>=DC(<value>) <rotary axis>=ACP(<value>) <rotary axis>=ACN(<value>) Significance Identifier of the rotary axis that is to be traversed (e.g.
- Page 178
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Note The positive direction of rotation (clockwise or counterclockwise) is set in the machine data. Note The traversing range between 0° and 360° must be set in the machine data (modulo behavior) for positioning with direction specification ( must be programmed to traverse modulo rotary axes more than 360°… - Page 179
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Example Milling on a rotary table The tool is stationary, the table turns to 270° in a clockwise direction to produce a circular groove. Program code Comment N10 SPOS=0 ; Spindle in position control N20 G90 G0 X-20 Y0 Z2 T1 ;… -
Page 180: Inch Or Metric Dimensions (G70/G700, G71/G710)
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions 8.3.5 Inch or metric dimensions (G70/G700, G71/G710) Function The following G functions can be used to switch between the metric measuring system and the inch measuring system. Syntax G700 G710 Significance Activation of the inch measuring system The inch measuring system is used to read and write geometric data in units of length.
- Page 181
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Example Changeover between inch system and metric system The parameterized basic system is metric: MD10240 $MN_SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC = TRUE Program code Comment N10 G0 G90 X20 Y30 Z2 S2000 M3 T1 ; X=20 mm, Y=30 mm, Z=2 mm, F=rapid traverse mm/min N20 G1 Z-5 F500 ;… - Page 182
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Further information G70/G71 With active, only the following geometric data is interpreted in the relevant measuring system: ● Position data ( , …) ● Circular-path programming: – Interpolation point coordinates ( – Interpolation parameters ( – Circle radius ( ●… -
Page 183: Channel-Specific Diameter/Radius Programming (Diamon, Diam90, Diamof, Diamcycof)
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions 8.3.6 Channel-specific diameter/radius programming (DIAMON, DIAM90, DIAMOF, DIAMCYCOF) Function ① During turning, the dimensions for the transverse axis can be specified in the diameter ( ② or in the radius ( So that the dimensions from a technical drawing can be transferred directly (without conversion) to the NC program, channel-specific diameter or radius programming is activated using the modal commands , and…
- Page 184
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Significance Command for the activation of the independent channel-specific diameter DIAMON programming The effect of is independent of the programmed dimensions mode DIAMON (absolute dimensions or incremental dimensions • for G90: Dimensions in the diameter • for G91: Dimensions in the diameter Command for the activation of the dependent channel-specific diameter DIAM90… - Page 185
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Example Program code Comment N10 G0 X0 Z0 ; Approach starting point. N20 DIAMOF ; Diameter programming off. N30 G1 X30 S2000 M03 F0.7 ; X axis = transverse axis, radius programming active; traverse to radius position X30. N40 DIAMON ;… -
Page 186: Axis-Specific Diameter/Radius Programming (Diamona, Diam90A, Diamofa, Diacycofa, Diamchana, Diamchan, Dac, Dic, Rac, Ric)
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions 8.3.7 Axis-specific diameter/radius programming (DIAMONA, DIAM90A, DIAMOFA, DIACYCOFA, DIAMCHANA, DIAMCHAN, DAC, DIC, RAC, RIC) Function In addition to channel-specific diameter programming, the axis-specific diameter programming function enables the modal or non-modal dimensions and display in the diameter for one or more axes.
- Page 187
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Meaning Modal axis-specific diameter programming Command for the activation of the independent axis-specific diameter DIAMONA programming The effect of is independent of the programmed dimensions DIAMONA mode ( • for G90, AC: Dimensions in the diameter •… - Page 188
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Acceptance of the channel-specific diameter/radius programming With the command, the specified axis accepts the DIAMCHANA DIAMCHANA[<axis>] channel status of the diameter/radius programming and is then assigned to the channel-specific diameter/radius programming. With the command, all axes permitted for the axis-specific DIAMCHAN DIAMCHAN diameter programming accept the channel status of the diameter/radius… - Page 189
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Examples Example 1: Modal axis-specific diameter/radius programming X is the transverse axis in the channel, axis-specific diameter programming is permitted for Y. Program code Comment N10 G0 X0 Z0 DIAMON ; Channel-specific diameter programming active for X. N15 DIAMOF ;… - Page 190
Geometry settings 8.3 Dimensions Further information Diameter values (DIAMONA/DIAM90A) The diameter values apply for the following data: ● Actual value display of the transverse axis in the workpiece coordinate system ● JOG mode: Increments for incremental dimensions and handwheel travel ●… -
Page 191: Position Of Workpiece For Turning
Geometry settings 8.4 Position of workpiece for turning Position of workpiece for turning Axis identifiers The two geometry axes perpendicular to one another are usually called: Longitudinal axis = Z axis (abscissa) Transverse axis = X axis (ordinate) Workpiece zero Whereas the machine zero is permanently defined, the workpiece zero can be freely selected on the longitudinal axis.
- Page 192
Geometry settings 8.4 Position of workpiece for turning Transverse axis Generally the dimensions for the transverse axis are diameter specifications (double path dimension compared to other axes): The geometry axis that is to serve as transverse axis is defined in the machine data (→… -
Page 193: Motion Commands
Motion commands General information about the travel commands Contour elements The programmed workpiece contour can be made up of the following contour elements: ● Straight lines ● Circular arcs ● Helical curves (through overlaying of straight lines and circular arcs) Travel commands The following travel commands are available for the creation of these contour elements: ●…
- Page 194
Motion commands General information about the travel commands Workpiece contour The motion blocks produce the workpiece contour when performed in succession: Figure 9-1 Motion blocks for turning Figure 9-2 Motion blocks for milling NOTICE Before machining, the workpiece must be positioned in such a way that the tool or workpiece cannot be damaged. -
Page 195: Travel Commands With Cartesian Coordinates (G0, G1, G2, G3, X
Motion commands Travel commands with Cartesian coordinates (G0, G1, G2, G3, X…, Y…, Z…) Travel commands with Cartesian coordinates (G0, G1, G2, G3, X…, Y…, Z…) Function The position specified in the NC block with Cartesian coordinates can be approached with rapid traverse motion , linear interpolation or circular interpolation…
-
Page 196: Motion Commands
Motion commands Travel commands with Cartesian coordinates (G0, G1, G2, G3, X…, Y…, Z…) Example Program code Comment N10 G17 S400 M3 ; Selection of the working plane, spindle clockwise N20 G0 X40 Y-6 Z2 ; Approach of the starting position specified with Cartesian coordinates in rapid traverse N30 G1 Z-3 F40 ;…
-
Page 197: Travel Commands With Polar Coordinates
Motion commands Travel commands with polar coordinates Travel commands with polar coordinates 9.3.1 Reference point of the polar coordinates (G110, G111, G112) Function The point from which the dimensioning starts is called the pole. The pole can be specified in Cartesian or polar coordinates. The reference point for the pole coordinates is clearly defined with the G110 G112…
- Page 198
Motion commands Travel commands with polar coordinates Note It is possible to switch block-by-block in the NC program between polar and Cartesian dimensions. It is possible to return directly to the Cartesian system by using Cartesian coordinate identifiers (X…, Y…, Z…). The defined pole is moreover retained up to program end. -
Page 199: Travel Commands With Polar Coordinates (G0, G1, G2, G3, Ap, Rp)
Motion commands Travel commands with polar coordinates 9.3.2 Travel commands with polar coordinates (G0, G1, G2, G3, AP, RP) Function Travel commands with polar coordinates are useful when the dimensions of a workpiece or part of the workpiece are measured from a central point and the dimensions are specified in angles and radii (e.g.
- Page 200
Motion commands Travel commands with polar coordinates Meaning Command for the activation of rapid traverse motion Command for the activation of linear interpolation Command for the activation of clockwise circular interpolation Command for the activation of counter-clockwise circular interpolation Polar angle Angle between the polar radius and the horizontal axis of the working plane (e.g. - Page 201
Motion commands Travel commands with polar coordinates Note The polar coordinates refer to the pole specified with and apply in the working G110 G112 plane selected with Note The 3rd geometry axis, which lies perpendicular to the working plane, can also be specified in Cartesian coordinates (see the following diagram). - Page 202
Motion commands Travel commands with polar coordinates General conditions ● No Cartesian coordinates such as interpolation parameters, axis addresses, etc. may be programmed for the selected working plane in NC blocks with polar end point coordinates. ● If a pole has not been defined with , then the zero point of the current G110 G112… - Page 203
Motion commands Travel commands with polar coordinates Example Creation of a drilling pattern The positions of the holes are specified in polar coordinates. Each hole is machined with the same production sequence: Rough-drilling, drilling as dimensioned, reaming … The machining sequence is stored in the subroutine. -
Page 204: Rapid Traverse Movement (G0, Rtlion, Rtliof)
Motion commands Rapid traverse movement (G0, RTLION, RTLIOF) Rapid traverse movement (G0, RTLION, RTLIOF) Function Rapid traverse motion is used: ● For rapid positioning of the tool ● To travel around the workpiece ● To approach tool change points ● To retract the tool Non-linear interpolation is activated with the part program command , linear RTLIOF…
- Page 205
Motion commands Rapid traverse movement (G0, RTLION, RTLIOF) Examples Example 1: Milling Program code Comment N10 G90 S400 M3 ; Absolute dimension input, spindle clockwise N20 G0 X30 Y20 Z2 ; Approach of the starting position N30 G1 Z-5 F1000G1 ;… - Page 206
Motion commands Rapid traverse movement (G0, RTLION, RTLIOF) Example 2: Turning Program code Comment N10 G90 S400 M3 ; Absolute dimension input, spindle clockwise N20 G0 X25 Z5 ; Approach of the starting position N30 G1 G94 Z0 F1000G1 ; Feed of the tool N40 G95 Z-7.5 F0.2 N50 X60 Z-35 ;… - Page 207
Motion commands Rapid traverse movement (G0, RTLION, RTLIOF) Further information Rapid traverse velocity The tool movement programmed with is executed at the highest traversing speed (rapid traverse). The rapid traverse speed is defined separately for each axis in machine data. If the rapid traverse movement is executed simultaneously on several axes, the rapid traverse speed is determined by the axis, which requires the most time for its section of the path. - Page 208
Motion commands Rapid traverse movement (G0, RTLION, RTLIOF) Linear interpolation applies in the following cases: ● For a G-code combination with that does not permit positioning axis motion (e.g. ● For a combination of with ● When the compressor is active ●… -
Page 209: Linear Interpolation (G1)
Motion commands Linear interpolation (G1) Linear interpolation (G1) Function With the tool travels on paraxial, inclined or straight lines arbitrarily positioned in space. Linear interpolation permits machining of 3D surfaces, grooves, etc. Milling: Syntax G1 X… Y… Z … F… G1 AP=……
- Page 210
Motion commands Linear interpolation (G1) Note is modal. Spindle speed and spindle direction must be specified for the machining. Axis groups, for which path feedrate applies, can be defined with . You will find more FGROUP information in the «Path behavior» section. Examples Example 1: Machining of a groove (milling) The tool travels from the starting point to the… - Page 211
Motion commands Linear interpolation (G1) Example 2: Machining of a groove (turning) Program code Comment N10 G17 S400 M3 ; Selection of the working plane, spindle clockwise N20 G0 X40 Y-6 Z2 ; Approach of the starting position N30 G1 Z-3 F40 ;… -
Page 212: Circular Interpolation
Motion commands Circular interpolation Circular interpolation 9.6.1 Circular interpolation types (G2/G3, …) Possibilities of programming circular movements The control provides a range of different ways to program circular movements. This allows you to implement almost any type of drawing dimension directly. The circular movement is described by the: ●…
- Page 213
Motion commands Circular interpolation Significance Circular interpolation, clockwise Circular interpolation, counterclockwise Circular interpolation through intermediate point Circle with tangential transition defines the circle End point in Cartesian coordinates X Y Z Circle center point in Cartesian coordinates in X, Y, Z I J K direction Circle radius… - Page 214
Motion commands Circular interpolation Examples Example 1: Milling The following program lines contain an example for each circular-path programming possibility. The necessary dimensions are shown in the production drawing on the right. Program code Comment N10 G0 G90 X133 Y44.48 S800 M3 ;… - Page 215
Motion commands Circular interpolation Example 2: Turning Program code Comment N..N120 G0 X12 Z0 N125 G1 X40 Z-25 F0.2 N130 G3 X70 Y-75 I-3.335 K-29.25 ; Circle end point, center point in incremental dimensions N130 G3 X70 Y-75 I=AC(33.33) K=AC(-54.25) ;… -
Page 216: Circular Interpolation With Center Point And End Point (G2/G3, X
Motion commands Circular interpolation 9.6.2 Circular interpolation with center point and end point (G2/G3, X… Y… Z…, I… J… K…) Function Circular interpolation enables machining of full circles or arcs. The circular movement is described by: ● The end point in Cartesian coordinates X, Y, Z and ●…
- Page 217
Motion commands Circular interpolation Note are modal. The default settings absolute and incremental dimensions are only valid for the circle end point. Per default, the center point coordinates are entered in incremental dimensions in relation to the circle starting point. You can program the absolute center point dimensions in relation to the workpiece zero block-by-block with: . - Page 218
Motion commands Circular interpolation Example 2: Turning Center point data using incremental dimensions N120 G0 X12 Z0 N125 G1 X40 Z-25 F0.2 N130 G3 X70 Z-75 I-3.335 K-29.25 N135 G1 Z-95 Center point data using absolute dimensions N120 G0 X12 Z0 N125 G1 X40 Z-25 F0.2 N130 G3 X70 Z-75 I=AC(33.33) K=AC(-54.25) N135 G1 Z-95… - Page 219
Motion commands Circular interpolation Further information Indication of working plane The control needs the working plane parameter ( ) to calculate the direction of rotation for the circle ( is clockwise or is counter-clockwise). It is advisable to specify the working plane generally. Exception: You can also machine circles outside the selected working plane (not with arc angle and helix parameters). -
Page 220: Circular Interpolation With Radius And End Point (G2/G3, X
Motion commands Circular interpolation 9.6.3 Circular interpolation with radius and end point (G2/G3, X… Y… Z…/ I… J… K…, Function The circular motion is described by the: ● Circle radius ● End point in Cartesian coordinates In addition to the circle radius, you must also specify the leading sign +/– to indicate whether the traversing angle is to be greater than or less than 180°.
- Page 221
Motion commands Circular interpolation Examples Example 1: Milling Program code N10 G0 X67.5 Y80.511 N20 G3 X17.203 Y38.029 CR=34.913 F500 Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… - Page 222
Motion commands Circular interpolation Example 2: Turning Program code N125 G1 X40 Z-25 F0.2 N130 G3 X70 Z-75 CR=30 N135 G1 Z-95 Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 223: Circular Interpolation With Opening Angle And Center Point
Motion commands Circular interpolation 9.6.4 Circular interpolation with opening angle and center point (G2/G3, X… Y… Z…/ I… J… K…, AR) Function The circular movement is described by: ● The opening angle AR = and ● The end point in Cartesian coordinates X, Y, Z or ●…
- Page 224
Motion commands Circular interpolation Examples Example 1: Milling Program code N10 G0 X67.5 Y80.211 N20 G3 X17.203 Y38.029 AR=140.134 F500 N20 G3 I–17.5 J–30.211 AR=140.134 F500 Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… - Page 225
Motion commands Circular interpolation Example 2: Turning 54.25 54.25 Program code N125 G1 X40 Z-25 F0.2 N130 G3 X70 Z-75 AR=135.944 N130 G3 I-3.335 K-29.25 AR=135.944 N130 G3 I=AC(33.33) K=AC(-54.25) AR=135.944 N135 G1 Z-95 Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 226: Circular Interpolation With Polar Coordinates (G2/G3, Ap, Rp)
Motion commands Circular interpolation 9.6.5 Circular interpolation with polar coordinates (G2/G3, AP, RP) Function The circular movement is described by: ● The polar angle AP=… ● The polar radius RP=… The following rule applies: ● The pole lies at the circle center. ●…
- Page 227
Motion commands Circular interpolation Examples Example 1: Milling Program code N10 G0 X67.5 Y80.211 N20 G111 X50 Y50 N30 G3 RP=34.913 AP=200.052 F500 Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… - Page 228
Motion commands Circular interpolation Example 2: Turning 54.25 54.25 Program code N125 G1 X40 Z-25 F0.2 N130 G111 X33.33 Z-54.25 N135 G3 RP=30 AP=142.326 N140 G1 Z-95 Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 229: Circular Interpolation With Intermediate Point And End Point
Motion commands Circular interpolation 9.6.6 Circular interpolation with intermediate point and end point (CIP, X… Y… Z…, I1… J1… K1…) Function can be used to program arcs. These arcs can also be inclined in space. In this case, you describe the intermediate and end points with three coordinates. The circular movement is described by: ●…
- Page 230
Motion commands Circular interpolation Meaning Circular interpolation through intermediate point End point in Cartesian coordinates. These specifications depend on X Y Z the travel commands G90/G91 or …=AC(…)/…=IC(..) Circle center point in Cartesian coordinates (in X, Y, Z direction) I1= J1= K1= The identifiers have the following meanings: Coordinate of the circle center point in the X direction Coordinates of the circle center point in the Y direction… - Page 231
Motion commands Circular interpolation Examples Example 1: Milling In order to machine an inclined circular groove, a circle is described by specifying the intermediate point with three interpolation parameters, and the end point with 3 coordinates. Program code Comment N10 G0 G90 X130 Y60 S800 M3 ;… - Page 232
Motion commands Circular interpolation Example 2: Turning Program code N125 G1 X40 Z-25 F0.2 N130 CIP X70 Z-75 I1=IC(26.665) K1=IC(-29.25) N130 CIP X70 Z-75 I1=93.33 K1=-54.25 N135 G1 Z-95 Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 233: Circular Interpolation With Tangential Transition (Ct, X
Motion commands Circular interpolation 9.6.7 Circular interpolation with tangential transition (CT, X… Y… Z…) Function The Tangential transition function is an expansion of the circle programming. The circle is defined by: ● The start and end point and ● The tangent direction at the start point. The G code produces an arc that lies at a tangent to the contour element programmed previously.
- Page 234
Motion commands Circular interpolation Significance Circle with tangential transition End point in Cartesian coordinates X… Y… Z… Note is modal. As a rule, the circle is clearly defined by the tangent direction as well as the starting point and end point. Examples Example 1: Milling Milling a circular arc with CT directly after… - Page 235
Motion commands Circular interpolation Example 2: Turning Program code Comment N110 G1 X23.293 Z0 F10 N115 X40 Z-30 F0.2 N120 CT X58.146 Z-42 ; Circular-path programming with tangential transition. N125 G1 X70 Further information Splines In the case of splines, the tangential direction is defined by the straight line through the last two points. - Page 236
Motion commands Circular interpolation Position of the circle plane The position of the circle plane depends on the active plane (G17-G19). If the tangent of the previous block does not lie in the active plane, its projection in the active plane is used. -
Page 237: Helical Interpolation (G2/G3, Turn)
Motion commands Helical interpolation (G2/G3, TURN) Helical interpolation (G2/G3, TURN) Function The helical interpolation enables, for example, the production of threads or oil grooves. With helical interpolation, two motions are superimposed and executed in parallel: ● A plane circular motion on which ●…
- Page 238
Motion commands Helical interpolation (G2/G3, TURN) Note are modal. The circular motion is performed in those axes that are defined by the specification of the working plane. Example Program code Comment N10 G17 G0 X27.5 Y32.99 Z3 Approach of the starting position. - Page 239
Motion commands Helical interpolation (G2/G3, TURN) Further information Sequence of motions 1. Approach starting point 2. Execute the full circles programmed with TURN= 3. Approach circle end position, e.g. as part rotation. 4. Execute steps 2 and 3 across the infeed depth. The pitch, with which the helix is to be machined is calculated from the number of full circles plus the programmed circle end position (executed across the infeed depth). -
Page 240: Involute Interpolation (Invcw, Invccw)
Motion commands Involute interpolation (INVCW, INVCCW) Involute interpolation (INVCW, INVCCW) Function The involute of the circle is a curve traced out from the end point on a «piece of string» unwinding from the curve. Involute interpolation allows trajectories along an involute. It is executed in the plane in which the basic circle is defined and runs from the programmed starting point to the programmed end point.
- Page 241
Motion commands Involute interpolation (INVCW, INVCCW) Meaning Command to travel on an involute in clockwise direction INVCW Command to travel on an involute in counterclockwise INVCCW direction Direct programming of the end point in Cartesian coordinates X… Y… Z… Interpolation parameters for the description of the center point I… - Page 242
Motion commands Involute interpolation (INVCW, INVCCW) Indirect programming of the end point through specification of an opening angle NOTICE With the indirect programming of the end point through specification of an opening angle , the sign of the angle must be taken into account, as a sign change would result in another involute and therefore another path. - Page 243
Motion commands Involute interpolation (INVCW, INVCCW) Supplementary conditions ● Both the starting point and the end point must be outside the area of the basic circle of the involute (circle with radius CR around the center point specified by I, J, K). If this condition is not satisfied, an alarm is generated and the program processing is aborted. - Page 244
Motion commands Involute interpolation (INVCW, INVCCW) Examples Example 1: Counterclockwise involute from the starting point to the programmed end point and back again as clockwise involute Program code Comment N10 G1 X10 Y0 F5000 ; Approach of the starting position. N15 G17 ;… - Page 245
Motion commands Involute interpolation (INVCW, INVCCW) Example 2: Counterclockwise involute with indirect programming of the end point through specification of an opening angle Program code Comment N10 G1 X10 Y0 F5000 ; Approach of the starting position. N15 G17 ; Selection of the X/Y plane as working plane. -
Page 246: Contour Definitions
Motion commands Contour definitions Contour definitions 9.9.1 General information about contour definitions Function The contour definition programming is used for the quick input of simple contours. Programmable are contour definitions with one, two, three or more points with the transition elements chamfer or rounding, through specification of Cartesian coordinates and/or angles.
-
Page 247: Contour Definitions: One Straight Line (Ang)
Motion commands Contour definitions 9.9.2 Contour definitions: One straight line (ANG) Note In the following description it is assumed that • G18 is active (⇒ active working plane is the Z/X plane). (However, the programming of contour definitions is also possible without restrictions with G17 or G19.) •…
-
Page 248: Contour Definitions: Two Straight Lines (Ang)
Motion commands Contour definitions Significance End point coordinate in the X direction X… End point coordinate in the Z direction Z… Identifier for the angle programming The specified value (angle) refers to the abscissa of the active working plane (Z axis with Example Program code Comment…
- Page 249
Motion commands Contour definitions Function The end point of the first straight line can be programmed by specifying the Cartesian coordinates or by specifying the angle of the two straight lines. The end point of the second straight line must always be programmed with Cartesian coordinates. The intersection of the two straight lines can be designed as a corner, curve or chamfer. - Page 250
Motion commands Contour definitions 2. Programming of the end point of the first straight line by specifying the coordinates ● Corner as transition between the straight lines: X… Z… X… Z… ● Rounding as transition between the straight lines: X… Z… RND=… X…… - Page 251
Motion commands Contour definitions Identifier for the programming of a chamfer CHR=… The specified value corresponds to the width of the chamfer in the direction of motion: Coordinates in the X direction X… Coordinates in the Z direction Z… Note For further information on the programming of a chamfer or rounding, see «Chamfer, rounding (CHF, CHR, RND, RNDM, FRC, FRCM) (Page 282)». -
Page 252: Contour Definitions: Three Straight Line (Ang)
Motion commands Contour definitions 9.9.4 Contour definitions: Three straight line (ANG) Note In the following description it is assumed that: • G18 is active (⇒ active working plane is the Z/X plane). (However, the programming of contour definitions is also possible without restrictions with G17 or G19.) •…
- Page 253
Motion commands Contour definitions ANG1: Angle of the first straight line ANG2: Angle of the second straight line X1, Z1: Start coordinates of the first straight line X2, Z2: End point coordinates of the first straight line or start coordinates of the second straight line X3, Z3: End point coordinates of the second straight line or start coordinates of the third straight line… - Page 254
Motion commands Contour definitions 2. Programming of the end point of the first straight line by specifying the coordinates ● Corner as transition between the straight lines: X… Z… X… Z… X… Z… ● Rounding as transition between the straight lines: X…… - Page 255
Motion commands Contour definitions Identifier for programming a chamfer CHR=… The specified value corresponds to the width of the chamfer in the direction of motion: Coordinates in the X direction X… Coordinates in the Z direction Z… Note For further information on the programming of a chamfer or rounding, see «Chamfer, rounding (CHF, CHR, RND, RNDM, FRC, FRCM)». -
Page 256: Contour Definitions: End Point Programming With Angle
Motion commands Contour definitions 9.9.5 Contour definitions: End point programming with angle Function If the address letter A appears in an NC block, either none, one or both of the axes in the active plane may also be programmed. Number of programmed axes ●…
-
Page 257: Thread Cutting With Constant Lead (G33)
Motion commands 9.10 Thread cutting with constant lead (G33) 9.10 Thread cutting with constant lead (G33) 9.10.1 Thread cutting with constant lead (G33, SF) Function Threads with constant lead can be machined with ③ ● Cylinder thread ② ● Face thread ①…
- Page 258
Motion commands 9.10 Thread cutting with constant lead (G33) Multiple thread Multiple thread (thread with offset cuts) can be machined by specifying a starting point offset. The programming is performed in the block at address Note If no starting point offset is specified, the «starting angle for thread» defined in the setting data is used. - Page 259
Motion commands 9.10 Thread cutting with constant lead (G33) Direction of rotation of the thread The direction of rotation of the thread is determined by the direction of rotation of the spindle: ● Clockwise with produces a right-hand thread ● Counterclockwise with produces a left-hand thread Syntax Cylinder thread:… - Page 260
Motion commands 9.10 Thread cutting with constant lead (G33) Examples Example 1: Double cylinder thread with 180° starting point offset Program code Comment N10 G1 G54 X99 Z10 S500 F100 M3 ; Work offset, approach starting point, activate spindle. N20 G33 Z-100 K4 ;… - Page 261
Motion commands 9.10 Thread cutting with constant lead (G33) Example 2: Tapered thread with angle less than 45° Program code Comment N10 G1 X50 Z0 S500 F100 M3 ; Approach starting point, activate spindle. N20 G33 X110 Z-60 K4 ; Tapered thread: End point in X and Z, specification of thread lead with K… - Page 262
Motion commands 9.10 Thread cutting with constant lead (G33) Further information Feedrate for thread cutting with G33 From the programmed spindle speed and the thread lead, the control calculates the required feedrate with which the turning tool is traversed over the thread length in the longitudinal and/or transverse direction. - Page 263
Motion commands 9.10 Thread cutting with constant lead (G33) Face thread The face thread is described by: ● Thread diameter (preferably in the X direction) ● Thread lead (preferably with Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… - Page 264
Motion commands 9.10 Thread cutting with constant lead (G33) Tapered thread The tapered thread is described by: ● End point in the longitudinal and transverse direction (taper contour) ● Thread lead The taper contour is entered in Cartesian coordinates X, Y, Z in absolute or incremental dimensions — preferentially in the X and Z direction for machining on turning machines. -
Page 265: Programmable Run-In And Run-Out Paths (Dits, Dite)
Motion commands 9.10 Thread cutting with constant lead (G33) 9.10.2 Programmable run-in and run-out paths (DITS, DITE) Function commands can be used to program the path ramp for acceleration and DITS DITE braking, providing a means of adapting the feedrate accordingly if the tool run-in/run-out is too short: ●…
- Page 266
Motion commands 9.10 Thread cutting with constant lead (G33) Significance Define thread run-in path DITS Define thread run-out path DITE Value specification for the run-in/run-out path <value> Range of values: -1, 0, … n Note Only paths, and not positions, are programmed with DITS DITE Note… - Page 267
Motion commands 9.10 Thread cutting with constant lead (G33) Further information If the run-in and/or run-out path is very short, the acceleration of the thread axis is higher than the configured value. This causes an acceleration overload on the axis. Alarm 22280 («Programmed run-in path too short») is then issued for the thread run-in (with the appropriate configuration in MD11411 $MN_ENABLE_ALARM_MASK). -
Page 268: Thread Cutting With Increasing Or Decreasing Lead (G34, G35)
Motion commands 9.11 Thread cutting with increasing or decreasing lead (G34, G35) 9.11 Thread cutting with increasing or decreasing lead (G34, G35) Function With the commands , the functionality has been extended with the option of programming a change in the thread lead at address .
- Page 269
Motion commands 9.11 Thread cutting with increasing or decreasing lead (G34, G35) Example Program code Comment N1608 M3 S10 ; Spindle on. N1609 G0 G64 Z40 X216 ; Approach starting point. N1610 G33 Z0 K100 SF=R14 ; Thread cutting with constant lead (100 mm/rev) N1611 G35 Z-200 K100 F17.045455 ;… -
Page 270: Tapping Without Compensating Chuck (G331, G332)
Motion commands 9.12 Tapping without compensating chuck (G331, G332) 9.12 Tapping without compensating chuck (G331, G332) Precondition With regard to technology, tapping without compensating chuck requires a position- controlled spindle with position measuring system. Function Tapping without compensating chuck is programmed using the commands.
- Page 271
Motion commands 9.12 Tapping without compensating chuck (G331, G332) Syntax SPOS=<value> G331 S… G331 X… Y… Z… I… J… K… G332 X… Y… Z… I… J… K… ● ) only has to be programmed prior to tapping: SPOS – For threads requiring multiple machining operations for their production –… - Page 272
Motion commands 9.12 Tapping without compensating chuck (G331, G332) Note Second gear-stage data record To achieve effective adaptation of spindle speed and motor torque and be able to accelerate faster, a second gear-stage data record for two further configurable switching thresholds (maximum speed and minimum speed) can be preset in axis-specific machine data deviating from the first gear step data record and also independent of these speed switching thresholds. - Page 273
Motion commands 9.12 Tapping without compensating chuck (G331, G332) The appropriate gear stage for the programmed spindle speed with is determined S500 on the basis of the first gear-stage data record. The programmed drilling speed S800 output in the current gear stage and, if necessary, is limited to the maximum speed of the gear stage. - Page 274
Motion commands 9.12 Tapping without compensating chuck (G331, G332) Example 5: Gear stage cannot be changed → monitoring of gear stage If the spindle speed is programmed in addition to the geometry in the block when using G331 the second gear-stage data record, if the speed is not within the preset speed range (defined by the maximum and minimum speed thresholds) of the active gear stage, it will not be possible to change gear stages, because the path motion of the spindle and the infeed axis (axes) would not be retained. -
Page 275: Tapping With Compensating Chuck (G63)
Motion commands 9.13 Tapping with compensating chuck (G63) 9.13 Tapping with compensating chuck (G63) Function With you can tap a compensating chuck. The following are programmed: ● Drilling depth in Cartesian coordinates ● Spindle speed and direction ● Feedrate The chuck compensates for any deviations occurring in the path. Retraction movement Programming also with , but with spindle rotation in the opposite direction.
- Page 276
Motion commands 9.13 Tapping with compensating chuck (G63) Meaning Tapping with compensating chuck Drilling depth (end point) in Cartesian coordinates X… Y… Z… Note is non-modal. After a block with programmed , the last interpolation command programmed ( etc.) is reactivated. Feedrate Note The programmed feed must match the ratio of the speed to the thread lead of the tap. -
Page 277: Fast Retraction For Thread Cutting (Lfon, Lfof, Dilf, Alf, Lftxt, Lfwp, Lfpos, Polf, Polfmask, Polfmlin)
Motion commands 9.14 Fast retraction for thread cutting (LFON, LFOF, DILF, ALF, LFTXT, LFWP, LFPOS, POLF, POLFMASK, POLFMLIN) 9.14 Fast retraction for thread cutting (LFON, LFOF, DILF, ALF, LFTXT, LFWP, LFPOS, POLF, POLFMASK, POLFMLIN) Function The «Fast retraction for thread cutting (G33)» function can be used to interrupt thread cutting without causing irreparable damage in the following circumstances: ●…
- Page 278
Motion commands 9.14 Fast retraction for thread cutting (LFON, LFOF, DILF, ALF, LFTXT, LFWP, LFPOS, POLF, POLFMASK, POLFMLIN) Significance Enable fast retraction for thread cutting ( LFON Disable fast retraction for thread cutting ( LFOF Define length of retraction path DILF= The value preset during MD configuration (MD21200 $MC_LIFTFAST_DIST) can be modified in the part program by… - Page 279
Motion commands 9.14 Fast retraction for thread cutting (LFON, LFOF, DILF, ALF, LFTXT, LFWP, LFPOS, POLF, POLFMASK, POLFMLIN) Retraction of the axis declared using to the absolute LFPOS POLFMASK POLFMLIN axis position programmed with POLF Release of axes for independent POLFMASK (<axis 1 name>,<axis 1 name>, etc.) retraction to absolute position… - Page 280
Motion commands 9.14 Fast retraction for thread cutting (LFON, LFOF, DILF, ALF, LFTXT, LFWP, LFPOS, POLF, POLFMASK, POLFMLIN) Examples Example 1: Enable fast retraction for thread cutting Program code Comment N55 M3 S500 G90 G18 ; Active machining plane ; Approach of the starting position N65 MSG («thread cutting») ;… - Page 281
Motion commands 9.14 Fast retraction for thread cutting (LFON, LFOF, DILF, ALF, LFTXT, LFWP, LFPOS, POLF, POLFMASK, POLFMLIN) Example 3: Fast retraction to absolute retraction position Path interpolation of X is suppressed in the event of a stop and a motion executed to position POLF[X] at maximum velocity instead. -
Page 282: Chamfer, Rounding (Chf, Chr, Rnd, Rndm, Frc, Frcm)
Motion commands 9.15 Chamfer, rounding (CHF, CHR, RND, RNDM, FRC, FRCM) 9.15 Chamfer, rounding (CHF, CHR, RND, RNDM, FRC, FRCM) Function Contour corners within the active working plane can be executed as roundings or chamfers. For optimum surface quality, a separate feedrate can be programmed for chamfering/ rounding.
- Page 283
Motion commands 9.15 Chamfer, rounding (CHF, CHR, RND, RNDM, FRC, FRCM) Significance Chamfer the contour corner CHF=… Length of the chamfer (unit corresponding to G70/G71) <value> Chamfer the contour corner CHR=… Width of the chamfer in the original direction of motion (unit <value>… - Page 284
Motion commands 9.15 Chamfer, rounding (CHF, CHR, RND, RNDM, FRC, FRCM) Note FRC/FRCM FRC/FRCM has no effect if a chamfer is traversed with G0; the command can be programmed according to the F value without error message. FRC is only effective if a chamfer/rounding is programmed in the block or if RNDM has been activated. - Page 285
Motion commands 9.15 Chamfer, rounding (CHF, CHR, RND, RNDM, FRC, FRCM) Programming can be performed in two ways: ● Programming with CHR Program code N30 G1 Z… CHR=2 FRC=100 N40 G1 X… ● Programming with CHF Program code N30 G1 Z… CHF=2(cosα*2) FRC=100 N40 G1 X…… - Page 286
Motion commands 9.15 Chamfer, rounding (CHF, CHR, RND, RNDM, FRC, FRCM) Example 3: Rounding between straight line and circle The RND function can be used to insert a circle contour element with tangential connection between the linear and circle contours in any combination. •… - Page 287
Motion commands 9.15 Chamfer, rounding (CHF, CHR, RND, RNDM, FRC, FRCM) Example 5: Apply technology from following block or previous block ● MD20201 Bit 0 = 0: Derived from following block (default setting!) Program code Comment N10 G0 X0 Y0 G17 F100 G94 N20 G1 X10 CHF=2 ;… - Page 288
Motion commands 9.15 Chamfer, rounding (CHF, CHR, RND, RNDM, FRC, FRCM) Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 289: Tool Radius Compensation
Tool radius compensation 10.1 Tool radius compensation (G40, G41, G42, OFFN) Function When tool radius compensation (TRC) is active, the control automatically calculates the equidistant tool paths for various tools. Syntax G0/G1 X… Y… Z… G41/G42 [OFFN=<value>] G40 X… Y… Z… Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0…
- Page 290
Tool radius compensation 10.1 Tool radius compensation (G40, G41, G42, OFFN) Significance Activate TRC with machining direction left of the contour. Activate TRC with machining direction right of the contour. Allowance on the programmed contour (normal contour offset) OFFN=<value> (optional), e.g. to generate equidistant paths for rough finishing. Deactivate TRC. -
Page 291: Tool Radius Compensation
Tool radius compensation 10.1 Tool radius compensation (G40, G41, G42, OFFN) Example 2: «Conventional» procedure based on the example of milling «Conventional» procedure: 1. Tool call 2. Change tool. 3. Activate working plane and tool radius compensation. Program code Comment N10 G0 Z100 ;…
- Page 292
Tool radius compensation 10.1 Tool radius compensation (G40, G41, G42, OFFN) Example 3: Turning Program code Comment … N20 T1 D1 ; Only tool length compensation is activated. N30 G0 X100 Z20 ; X100 Z20 is approached without compensation. N40 G42 X20 Z1 ;… - Page 293
Tool radius compensation 10.1 Tool radius compensation (G40, G41, G42, OFFN) Example 4: Turning Program code Comment N5 G0 G53 X280 Z380 D0 ; Starting point N10 TRANS X0 Z250 ; Zero offset N15 LIMS=4000 ; Speed limitation (G96) N20 G96 S250 M3 ;… - Page 294
Tool radius compensation 10.1 Tool radius compensation (G40, G41, G42, OFFN) Program code Comment N90 X52 Z-63 N95 G0 G40 G97 X100 Z50 M9 ; Deselect tool radius compensation and approach tool change location N100 T2 D2 ; Call tool and select offset N105 G96 S210 M3 ;… - Page 295
Tool radius compensation 10.1 Tool radius compensation (G40, G41, G42, OFFN) Machining direction (G41/G42) From this information, the control detects the direction, in which the tool path is to be displaced. Note A negative offset value has the same significance as a change of offset side ( ↔… - Page 296
Tool radius compensation 10.1 Tool radius compensation (G40, G41, G42, OFFN) Tool length compensation The wear parameter assigned to the diameter axis on tool selection can be defined as the diameter value using an MD. This assignment is not automatically altered when the plane is subsequently changed. - Page 297
Tool radius compensation 10.1 Tool radius compensation (G40, G41, G42, OFFN) Change in compensation direction (G41 ↔ G42) A change in compensation direction ( ↔ ) can be programmed without an intermediate Changing the working plane The working plane ( ) cannot be changed if is active. - Page 298
Tool radius compensation 10.1 Tool radius compensation (G40, G41, G42, OFFN) In the case of linear movements, the tool travels along an inclined path between the starting point and end point: Circular interpolation produces spiral movements. Changing the tool radius The change can be made e.g. -
Page 299: Contour Approach And Retraction (Norm, Kont, Kontc, Kontt)
Tool radius compensation 10.2 Contour approach and retraction (NORM, KONT, KONTC, KONTT) 10.2 Contour approach and retraction (NORM, KONT, KONTC, KONTT) Function If tool radius compensation is active ( ), the command can NORM KONT KONTC KONTT be used to adapt the tool’s approach and retract paths to the required contour profile or blank form.
- Page 300
Tool radius compensation 10.2 Contour approach and retraction (NORM, KONT, KONTC, KONTT) Example KONTC The full circle is approached beginning at the circle center point. The direction and curvature radius at the block end point of the approach block are identical to the values of the next circle. - Page 301
Tool radius compensation 10.2 Contour approach and retraction (NORM, KONT, KONTC, KONTT) At the same time as the curvature is being adapted to the circular path of the full circle, traversing is performed from Z60 to the plane of the circle Z0: Figure 10-2 3D representation. - Page 302
Tool radius compensation 10.2 Contour approach and retraction (NORM, KONT, KONTC, KONTT) 2. Retract: The tool is perpendicular to the last compensated path end point and then moves (irrespective of the preset approach angle programmed for the travel movement) directly in a straight line to the next uncompensated position, e.g. - Page 303
Tool radius compensation 10.2 Contour approach and retraction (NORM, KONT, KONTC, KONTT) Approach/Retraction with KONT Prior to the approach the tool can be located in front of or behind the contour. The path tangent at the starting point serves as a separation line: Accordingly, two scenarios need to be distinguished where approach/retraction with KONT concerned:… - Page 304
Tool radius compensation 10.2 Contour approach and retraction (NORM, KONT, KONTC, KONTT) In both cases ( ), the following approach path is generated: G450 G451 A straight line is drawn from the uncompensated approach point. This line is a tangent to a circle with circle radius = tool radius. - Page 305
Tool radius compensation 10.2 Contour approach and retraction (NORM, KONT, KONTC, KONTT) Differences between KONTC and KONTT The figure below shows the differences in approach/retraction behavior between KONTT . A circle with a radius of 20 mm about the center point at X0 Y-40 is compensated with KONTC a tool with an external radius of 20 mm. -
Page 306: Compensation At The Outside Corners (G450, G451, Disc)
Tool radius compensation 10.3 Compensation at the outside corners (G450, G451, DISC) 10.3 Compensation at the outside corners (G450, G451, DISC) Function With tool radius compensation activated ( ), command can be used to G450 G451 define the course of the compensated tool path when traveling around outside corners: With the tool center point travels With G451 the tool center point approaches…
- Page 307
Tool radius compensation 10.3 Compensation at the outside corners (G450, G451, DISC) Significance is used to travel around workpiece corners on a circular path. G450 G450 Flexible programming of the circular path with G450 (optional) DISC Type: <value> Range of values: 0, 1, 2 to 100 Significance: Transition circle Intersection of the equidistant paths… - Page 308
Tool radius compensation 10.3 Compensation at the outside corners (G450, G451, DISC) Program code Comment N10 G17 T1 G0 X35 Y0 Z0 F500 ; Starting conditions N20 G1 Z-5 ; Feed in tool. N30 G41 KONT G450 X10 Y10 ; Activate TRC with KONT approach/retract mode and corner behavior G450. - Page 309
Tool radius compensation 10.3 Compensation at the outside corners (G450, G451, DISC) Traversing behavior When is activated and with acute contour angles and high values, the tool is lifted G450 DISC off the contour at the corners. In the case of contour angles equal to or greater than 120°, there is uniform travel around the contour: When is activated and with acute contour angles, superfluous non-cutting tool paths… -
Page 310: Smooth Approach And Retraction
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction 10.4.1 Approach and retraction (G140 to G143, G147, G148, G247, G248, G347, G348, G340, G341, DISR, DISCL, FAD, PM, PR) Function The SAR (Smooth Approach and Retraction) function is used to achieve a tangential approach to the start point of a contour, regardless of the position of the start point.
- Page 311
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction Significance Approach and retraction direction dependent on the current compensation G140 side (basic setting) Approach from the left or retraction to the left G141 Approach from the right or retraction to the right G142 Approach and retraction direction dependent on the relative position of the G143… - Page 312
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction Example ● Smooth approach (block N20 activated) ● Approach with quadrant (G247) ● Approach direction not programmed, G140 applies, i.e. TRC is active (G41) ● Contour offset OFFN=5 (N10) ● Current tool radius=10, and so the effective compensation radius for TRC=15, the radius of the SAR contour =25, with the result that the radius of the tool center path is equal to DISR=10 ●… - Page 313
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction Program code Comment $TC_DP1[1,1]=120 ; Tool definition T1/D1 $TC_DP6[1,1]=10 ; Radius N10 G0 X0 Y0 Z20 G64 D1 T1 OFFN=5 ; (P0app) N20 G41 G247 G341 Z0 DISCL=AC(7) DISR=10 F1500 FAD=200 ; Approach (P3app) N30 G1 X30 Y-10 ;… - Page 314
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction Selecting the approach and retraction direction Use the tool radius compensation (G140, basic setting) to determine the approach and retraction direction with positive tool radius: ● G41 active → approach from left ●… - Page 315
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction Motion steps between start point and end point (G340 and G341). The approach characteristic from P to P is shown in the figure below: In cases which include the position of the active plane G17 to G19 (circular plane, helical axis, infeed motion perpendicular to the active plane), any active rotating FRAME is taken into account. - Page 316
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction Distance of the point from the machining plane (DISCL) (see figure when selecting approach/retraction contour) If the position of point P is to be specified by an absolute reference on the axis perpendicular to the circle plane, the value must be programmed in the form DISCL=AC(…). - Page 317
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction N30/N40 can be replaced by: Program code Comment N30 G41 G147 DISCL=3 DISR=13 X40 Y-10 Z0 F1000 Program code Comment N30 G41 G147 DISCL=3 DISR=13 F1000 N40 G1 X40 Y-10 Z0 Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… - Page 318
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction ● Programming during retraction – For an SAR block without programmed geometry axis, the contour ends in P . The position in the axes that form the machining plane are obtained from the retraction contour. - Page 319
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction Approach and retraction velocities ● Velocity of the previous block (G0): All motions from P up to P are executed at this velocity, i.e. the motion parallel to the machining plane and the part of the infeed motion up to the safety clearance. ●… - Page 320
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction During retraction, the roles of the modally active feedrate from the previous block and the programmed feedrate value in the SAR block are reversed, i.e. the actual retraction contour is traversed with the old feedrate and a new speed programmed with the F word applies from up to P Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 321: Approach And Retraction With Enhanced Retraction Strategies (G460, G461, G462)
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction Reading positions Points P and P can be read in the WCS as a system variable during approach. ● $P_APR: reading P (initial point) ● $P_AEP: reading P (contour starting point) ● $P_APDV: read whether $P_APR and $P_AEP contain valid data 10.4.2 Approach and retraction with enhanced retraction strategies (G460, G461, G462)
- Page 322
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction Syntax G460 G461 G462 Significance As previously (activation of the collision detection for the approach and retraction G460 block) Insertion of a circle in the TRC block, if it is not possible to have an intersection G461 whose center point is in the end point of the uncorrected block, and whose radius is the same as the tool radius. - Page 323
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction Example 2: Approach with G461 Program code Comment N10 $TC_DP1[1,1]=120 ; Milling tool type N20 $TC_DP6[1,1]=10 ; Tool radius N30 X0 Y0 F10000 T1 D1 N40 Y20 N50 G42 X50 Y5 G461 N60 Y0 F600 N70 X30 N80 X20 Y-5… - Page 324
Tool radius compensation 10.4 Smooth approach and retraction G462 If no intersection is possible between the last TRC block and a preceding block, a straight line is inserted, on retraction with G462 (initial setting), at the end point of the last block with tool radius compensation (the block is extended by its end tangent). -
Page 325: Collision Monitoring (Cdon, Cdof, Cdof2)
Tool radius compensation 10.5 Collision monitoring (CDON, CDOF, CDOF2) 10.5 Collision monitoring (CDON, CDOF, CDOF2) Function With the collision detection and active tool radius compensation, the tool paths are monitored through look-ahead contour calculation. This Look Ahead function allows possible collisions to be detected in advance and permits the control to actively avoid them.
- Page 326
Tool radius compensation 10.5 Collision monitoring (CDON, CDOF, CDOF2) Note The number of NC blocks that are included in the collision detection, can be set via machine data. Example Milling on the center point path with standard tool The NC program describes the center point path of a standard tool. The contour for a tool that is actually used results in undersize, which is shown unrealistically large to demonstrate the geometric relationships in the following figure. - Page 327
Tool radius compensation 10.5 Collision monitoring (CDON, CDOF, CDOF2) Further information Program test To avoid program stops, the tool with the largest radius from the range of used tools should always be used during the program test. Examples of compensation motions for critical machining situations The following examples show critical machining situations that are detected by the control and compensated through modified tool paths. - Page 328
Tool radius compensation 10.5 Collision monitoring (CDON, CDOF, CDOF2) Example 3: Tool radius too large for internal machining In such cases, the contours are machined only as much as is possible without causing a contour violation. References Function Manual, Basic Functions; Tool Offset (W1), Chapter: «Collision detection and bottleneck detection»… -
Page 329: Tool Compensation (Cut2D, Cut2Df)
Tool radius compensation 10.6 2D tool compensation (CUT2D, CUT2DF) 10.6 2D tool compensation (CUT2D, CUT2DF) Function With CUT2D or CUT2DF you define how the tool radius compensation is to act or to be interpreted when machining in inclined planes. Tool length compensation The tool length compensation generally always refers to the fixed, non-rotated working plane.
- Page 330
Tool radius compensation 10.6 2D tool compensation (CUT2D, CUT2DF) Further information Tool radius compensation, CUT2D As for many applications, tool length compensation and tool radius compensation are calculated in the fixed working plane specified with G17 to G19. Example of G17 (X/Y plane): Tool radius compensation is active in the non-rotated X/Y plane, tool length compensation in the Z direction. - Page 331
Tool radius compensation 10.6 2D tool compensation (CUT2D, CUT2DF) Tool radius compensation, CUT2DF In this case, it is possible to arrange the tool orientation perpendicular to the inclined working plane on the machine. If a frame containing a rotation is programmed, the compensation plane is also rotated with CUT2DF. -
Page 332: Keep Tool Radius Compensation Constant (Cutconon, Cutconof)
Tool radius compensation 10.7 Keep tool radius compensation constant (CUTCONON, CUTCONOF) 10.7 Keep tool radius compensation constant (CUTCONON, CUTCONOF) Function The «Keep tool radius compensation constant» function is used to suppress tool radius compensation for a number of blocks, whereby a difference between the programmed and the actual tool center path traveled set up by tool radius compensation in the previous blocks is retained as the compensation.
- Page 333
Tool radius compensation 10.7 Keep tool radius compensation constant (CUTCONON, CUTCONOF) Example Program code Comment ; Definition of tool d1. N20 $TC_DP1[1,1] = 110 ; Type N30 $TC_DP6[1,1]= 10. ; Radius N50 X0 Y0 Z0 G1 G17 T1 D1 F10000 N70 X20 G42 NORM N80 X30 N90 Y20… - Page 334
Tool radius compensation 10.7 Keep tool radius compensation constant (CUTCONON, CUTCONOF) Further information Tool radius compensation is normally active before the compensation suppression and is still active when the compensation suppression is deactivated again. In the last traversing block before , the offset point in the block end point is approached. -
Page 335: Tools With A Relevant Cutting Edge Position
Tool radius compensation 10.8 Tools with a relevant cutting edge position 10.8 Tools with a relevant cutting edge position In the case of tools with a relevant tool point direction (turning and grinding tools – tool types 400–599; see chapter «Sign evaluation wear»), a change from G40 to G41/G42 or vice-versa is treated as a tool change.
- Page 336
Tool radius compensation 10.8 Tools with a relevant cutting edge position ● In circle blocks and in motion blocks containing rational polynomials with a denominator degree > 4, it is not permitted to change a tool with active tool radius compensation in cases where the distance between the tool edge center point and the tool edge reference point changes. -
Page 337: Path Action
Path action 11.1 Exact stop (G60, G9, G601, G602, G603) Function In exact stop traversing mode, all path axes and special axes involved in the traversing motion that are not traversed modally, are decelerated at the end of each block until they come to a standstill.
- Page 338
Path action 11.1 Exact stop (G60, G9, G601, G602, G603) Significance Command for activation of the modal exact stop Command for activation of the non-modal exact stop Command for activation of the exact stop criterion «Exact stop fine» G601 Command for activation of the exact stop criterion «Exact stop coarse» G602 Command for activation of the exact stop criterion «Interpolator end»… - Page 339
Path action 11.1 Exact stop (G60, G9, G601, G602, G603) Further information G60, G9 generates the exact stop in the current block, in the current block and in all following blocks. Continuous-path-mode commands are used to deactivate G641 G645 G601, G602 The movement is decelerated and stopped briefly at the corner point. - Page 340
Path action 11.1 Exact stop (G60, G9, G601, G602, G603) G603 The block change is initiated when the control has calculated a set velocity of zero for the axes involved. At this point, the actual value lags behind by a proportionate factor depending on the dynamic response of the axes and the path velocity. -
Page 341: Auxiliary Function Outputs
Path action 11.2 Continuous-path mode (G64, G641, G642, G643, G644, G645, ADIS, ADISPOS) 11.2 Continuous-path mode (G64, G641, G642, G643, G644, G645, ADIS, ADISPOS) Function In continuous-path mode, the path velocity at the end of the block (for the block change) is not decelerated to a level which would permit the fulfillment of an exact stop criterion.
- Page 342
Path action 11.2 Continuous-path mode (G64, G641, G642, G643, G644, G645, ADIS, ADISPOS) Meaning Continuous-path mode with reduced velocity as per the overload factor Continuous-path mode with smoothing as per distance criterion G641 Distance criterion with for path functions , etc. ADIS=… - Page 343
Path action 11.2 Continuous-path mode (G64, G641, G642, G643, G644, G645, ADIS, ADISPOS) Note Rounding cannot be used as a substitute for smoothing ( ). The user should not make any assumptions with respect to the appearance of the contour within the rounding area. The type of rounding can depend on dynamic conditions, e.g. -
Page 344: Path Action
Path action 11.2 Continuous-path mode (G64, G641, G642, G643, G644, G645, ADIS, ADISPOS) Program code Comment N05DIAMOF ; Radius as dimension. N10 G17 T1 G41 G0 X10 Y10 Z2 S300 M3 ; Approach starting position, activate spindle, path compensation. N20 G1 Z-7 F8000 ;…
- Page 345
Path action 11.2 Continuous-path mode (G64, G641, G642, G643, G644, G645, ADIS, ADISPOS) Note The extent of smoothing of the contour transitions depends on the feedrate and the overload factor. The overload factor can be set in MD32310 $MA_MAX_ACCEL_OVL_FACTOR. Setting MD20490 $MC_IGNORE_OVL_FACTOR_FOR_ADIS means that block transitions will always be rounded irrespective of the set overload factor. - Page 346
Path action 11.2 Continuous-path mode (G64, G641, G642, G643, G644, G645, ADIS, ADISPOS) LookAhead predictive velocity control In continuous-path mode the control automatically determines the velocity control for several NC blocks in advance. This enables acceleration and deceleration across multiple blocks with almost tangential transitions. - Page 347
Path action 11.2 Continuous-path mode (G64, G641, G642, G643, G644, G645, ADIS, ADISPOS) Program code Comment N10 G641 ADIS=0.5 G1 X… Y… ; The rounding block must begin no more than 0.5 mm before the programmed end of the block and must finish 0.5 mm after the end of the block. - Page 348
Path action 11.2 Continuous-path mode (G64, G641, G642, G643, G644, G645, ADIS, ADISPOS) Smoothing with contour and orientation tolerance with G642/G643 MD20480 $MC_SMOOTHING_MODE can be used to configure rounding with G642 G643 so that instead of the axis-specific tolerances, a contour tolerance and an orientation tolerance can be applied. - Page 349
Path action 11.2 Continuous-path mode (G64, G641, G642, G643, G644, G645, ADIS, ADISPOS) No intermediate rounding blocks An intermediate rounding block is not inserted in the following cases: ● The axis stops between the two blocks. This occurs when: – The following block contains an auxiliary function output before the movement. –… - Page 350
Path action 11.2 Continuous-path mode (G64, G641, G642, G643, G644, G645, ADIS, ADISPOS) ● The block does not contain traversing motion (zero block). This occurs when: – Synchronized actions are active. Normally, the interpreter eliminates zero blocks. However, if synchronous actions are active, this zero block is included and also executed. -
Page 351: Coordinate Transformations (Frames)
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.1 Frames Frame The frame is a self-contained arithmetic rule that transforms one Cartesian coordinate system into another Cartesian coordinate system. Basic frame (basic offset) The basic frame describes coordinate transformation from the basic coordinate system (BCS) to the basic zero system (BZS) and has the same effect as settable frames. See Basic coordinate system (BCS) (Page 30).
- Page 352
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.1 Frames Programmable frames Sometimes it is useful or necessary to move the originally selected workpiece coordinate system (or the «settable zero system») to another position within an NC program and, if required, to rotate it, mirror it and/or scale it. This can be achieved using programmable frames. -
Page 353: Frame Instructions
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.2 Frame instructions 12.2 Frame instructions Function The operations for programmable frames apply in the current NC program. They function as either additive or substitute elements: ● Substitute operation Deletes all previously programmed frame operations. The reference is provided by the last settable work offset called (G54 to G57, G505 to G599).
- Page 354
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.2 Frame instructions Applications ● Offset the zero point to any position on the workpiece. ● Align the coordinate axes by rotating parallel to the desired working plane. Advantages In one setting: ● Inclined surfaces can be machined ●… - Page 355
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.2 Frame instructions Meaning Workpiece coordinate system offset in the direction of the TRANS/ATRANS specified geometry axis or axes Workpiece coordinate system rotation: ROT/AROT • By linking individual rotations around the specified geometry axis or axes • Around the angle in the current working plane RPL=… - Page 356
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.2 Frame instructions Range of values: The angles of rotation are only defined unambiguously in the following ranges: With RPY -180 ≤ ≤ notation: < < -180 ≤ ≤ With Euler angle: ≤ < -180 ≤ ≤ -180 ≤… -
Page 357: Programmable Zero Offset
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.3 Programmable zero offset 12.3 Programmable zero offset 12.3.1 Zero offset (TRANS, ATRANS) Function can be used to program work offsets for all path and positioning axes in the TRANS ATRANS direction of the axis specified in each case. This means that it is possible to work with changing zero points, e.g.
-
Page 358: Coordinate Transformations (Frames)
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.3 Programmable zero offset Examples Example 1: Milling With this workpiece, the illustrated shapes recur several times in the same program. The machining sequence for this shape is stored in a subroutine. Work offset is used to set the workpiece zeros required in each case and then call the subprogram.
- Page 359
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.3 Programmable zero offset Example 2: Turning Program code Comment N..N10 TRANS X0 Z150 ; Absolute offset N15 L20 ; Subroutine call N20 TRANS X0 Z140 (or ATRANS Z-10) ; Absolute offset N25 L20 ; Subroutine call N30 TRANS X0 Z130 (or ATRANS Z-10) ;… - Page 360
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.3 Programmable zero offset Further information TRANS X… Y… Z… Translation through the offset values programmed in the specified axis directions (path, synchronized axes and positioning axes). The reference is provided by the last settable work offset called (G54 to G57, G505 to G599). NOTICE command resets all frame components of the previously activated programmable TRANS… -
Page 361: Axial Zero Offset (G58, G59)
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.3 Programmable zero offset ATRANS X… Y… Z… Translation through the offset values programmed in the specified axis directions. The currently set or last programmed zero point is used as the reference. 12.3.2 Axial zero offset (G58, G59) Function The G58 and G59 functions can be used to substitute translation components of the programmable work offset with specific axes:…
- Page 362
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.3 Programmable zero offset Conditions The G58 and G59 functions can only be used if fine offset has been configured (MD24000 $MC_FRAME_ADD_COMPONENTS = 1). Syntax G58 X… Y… Z… A… G59 X… Y… Z… A… Note Each of the substitute operations has to be programmed in a separate NC block. - Page 363
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.3 Programmable zero offset Further information The absolute translation component is modified by the following commands: ● TRANS ● G58 ● CTRANS ● CFINE ● $P_PFRAME[X,TR] The additive translation component is modified by the following commands: ● ATRANS ●… -
Page 364: Programmable Rotation (Rot, Arot, Rpl)
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.4 Programmable rotation (ROT, AROT, RPL) 12.4 Programmable rotation (ROT, AROT, RPL) Function can be used to rotate the workpiece coordinate system around each of the three AROT geometry axes X, Y, Z or through an angle RPL in the selected working plane G17 to G19 (or around the perpendicular infeed axis).
- Page 365
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.4 Programmable rotation (ROT, AROT, RPL) Examples Example 1: Rotation in the plane With this workpiece, the shapes shown recur in a program. In addition to the zero offset, rotations have to be performed, as the shapes are not arranged paraxially. Program code Comment N10 G17 G54… - Page 366
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.4 Programmable rotation (ROT, AROT, RPL) Example 2: Spatial rotation In this example, paraxial and inclined workpiece surfaces are to be machined in a clamping. Condition: The tool must be aligned perpendicular to the inclined surface in the rotated Z direction. - Page 367
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.4 Programmable rotation (ROT, AROT, RPL) Example 3: Multi-face machining In this example, identical shapes are machined in two workpiece surfaces perpendicular to one another via subroutines. In the new coordinate system on the right-hand workpiece surface, infeed direction, working plane and the zero point have been set up as on the top surface. - Page 368
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.4 Programmable rotation (ROT, AROT, RPL) Program code Comment N40 AROT Y90 ; Rotation of the coordinate system around Y AROT Y90 N50 AROT Z90 ; Rotation of the coordinate system around Z AROT Z90 N60 L10 ;… - Page 369
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.4 Programmable rotation (ROT, AROT, RPL) Note See «Rotation in space» for more information. Plane change WARNING If you program a change of plane (G17 to G19) after a rotation, the angles of rotation programmed for the relevant axes are retained and continue to apply in the new working plane. - Page 370
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.4 Programmable rotation (ROT, AROT, RPL) Note can be used to program a new rotation to be added to existing frames. AROT AROT X… Y… Z… Rotation through the angle values programmed in the axis direction parameters. The center of rotation is the currently set or last programmed zero point. - Page 371
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.4 Programmable rotation (ROT, AROT, RPL) Direction of rotation The following is defined as the positive direction of rotation: The view in the direction of the positive coordinate axis and clockwise rotation. Order of rotation Up to 3 geometry axes can be rotated simultaneously in one NC block. The sequence in which the rotations are to be executed is defined using machine data (MD10600 $MN_FRAME_ANGLE_INPUT_MODE): ●… - Page 372
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.4 Programmable rotation (ROT, AROT, RPL) RPY notation (the default setting) results in the following sequence: 1. Rotation around the 3rd geometry axis (Z) 2. Rotation around the 2nd geometry axis (Y) 3. Rotation around the 1st geometry axis (X) This order applies if the geometry axes are programmed in a single block. - Page 373
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.4 Programmable rotation (ROT, AROT, RPL) Value range with Euler angle The angles are defined uniquely only within the following value ranges: Rotation around 1st geometry axis: 0° ≤ X ≤ +180° Rotation around 2nd geometry axis: -180° ≤ Y ≤ +180° Rotation around 3rd geometry axis: -180°… -
Page 374: Programmable Frame Rotations With Solid Angles (Rots, Arots, Crots)
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.5 Programmable frame rotations with solid angles (ROTS, AROTS, CROTS) 12.5 Programmable frame rotations with solid angles (ROTS, AROTS, CROTS) Function Orientations in space can be defined by programming frame rotations with solid angles. The commands are available for this purpose. behave in ROTS AROTS…
-
Page 375: Programmable Scale Factor (Scale, Ascale)
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.6 Programmable scale factor (SCALE, ASCALE) 12.6 Programmable scale factor (SCALE, ASCALE) Function can be used to program up or down scale factors for all path, synchronized, SCALE ASCALE and positioning axes in the direction of the axes specified in each case. This makes it possible, therefore, to take geometrically similar shapes or different shrinkage allowances into account in the programming.
- Page 376
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.6 Programmable scale factor (SCALE, ASCALE) Program code Comment N10 G17 G54 ; Working plane X/Y, workpiece zero N20 TRANS X15 Y15 ; Absolute offset N30 L10 ; Machine large pocket N40 TRANS X40 Y20 ; Absolute offset N50 AROT RPL=35 ;… - Page 377
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.6 Programmable scale factor (SCALE, ASCALE) ASCALE X… Y… Z… command is used to program scale changes to be added to existing frames. In ASCALE this case, the last valid scale factor is multiplied by the new one. The currently set or last programmed coordinate system is used as the reference for the scale change. - Page 378
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.6 Programmable scale factor (SCALE, ASCALE) Different scale factors CAUTION Please take great care when using different scale factors! Circular interpolations can, for example, only be scaled using identical factors. Note However, different scale factors can be used specifically to program distorted circles. Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 379: Programmable Mirroring (Mirror, Amirror)
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.7 Programmable mirroring (MIRROR, AMIRROR) 12.7 Programmable mirroring (MIRROR, AMIRROR) Function can be used to mirror workpiece shapes on coordinate axes. All traversing MIRROR AMIRROR movements programmed after the mirror call (e.g. in the subprogram) are executed with mirroring.
- Page 380
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.7 Programmable mirroring (MIRROR, AMIRROR) Program code Comment N10 G17 G54 ; Working plane X/Y, workpiece zero N20 L10 ; Machine first contour at top right N30 MIRROR X0 ; Mirror X axis (the direction is changed in X) N40 L10 ;… - Page 381
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.7 Programmable mirroring (MIRROR, AMIRROR) Further information MIRROR X… Y… Z… The mirror is programmed by means of an axial change of direction in the selected working plane. Example: Working plane G17 X/Y The mirror (on the Y axis) requires a direction change in X and, accordingly, is programmed with . - Page 382
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.7 Programmable mirroring (MIRROR, AMIRROR) AMIRROR X… Y… Z… A mirror image, which is to be added to an existing transformation, is programmed with . The currently set or last programmed coordinate system is used as the reference. AMIRROR Deactivate mirroring For all axes:… - Page 383
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.7 Programmable mirroring (MIRROR, AMIRROR) The same applies to the direction of circle rotation (G2/G3 or G3/G2). Note If you program an additive rotation with after , you may have to work with AROT MIRROR reversed directions of rotation (positive/negative or negative/positive). Mirrors on the geometry axes are converted automatically by the control into rotations and, where appropriate, mirrors on the mirror axis specified in the machine data. -
Page 384: Frame Generation According To Tool Orientation (Toframe, Torot, Parot)
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.8 Frame generation according to tool orientation (TOFRAME, TOROT, PAROT) 12.8 Frame generation according to tool orientation (TOFRAME, TOROT, PAROT) Function generates a rectangular frame whose Z axis coincides with the current tool TOFRAME orientation. This means that the user can retract the tool in the Z direction without risk of collision (e.g.
- Page 385
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.8 Frame generation according to tool orientation (TOFRAME, TOROT, PAROT) Syntax TOFRAME/TOFRAMEZ/TOFRAMEY/TOFRAMEX TOROTOF TOROT/TOROTZ/TOROTY/TOROTX TOROTOF PAROT PAROTOF Significance Align the Z axis of the workpiece coordinate system parallel to the TOFRAME workpiece orientation by rotating the frame TOFRAMEZ TOFRAME Align the Y axis of the workpiece coordinate system parallel to the… - Page 386
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.8 Frame generation according to tool orientation (TOFRAME, TOROT, PAROT) Note command ensures consistent programming with active orientable toolholders for TOROT each kinematic type. Just as in the situation for rotatable toolholders, can be used to activate a rotation of PAROT the work table. - Page 387
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.8 Frame generation according to tool orientation (TOFRAME, TOROT, PAROT) Separate system frame for TOFRAME or TOROT The frames resulting from can be written in a separate system frame TOFRAME TOROT $P_TOOLFRAME. For this purpose, bit 3 must be enabled in machine data MD28082 $MC_MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK. -
Page 388: Deselect Frame (G53, G153, Supa, G500)
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.9 Deselect frame (G53, G153, SUPA, G500) 12.9 Deselect frame (G53, G153, SUPA, G500) Function When executing certain processes, such as approaching the tool change point, various frame components have to be defined and suppressed at different times. Settable frames can either be deactivated modally or suppressed non-modally.
-
Page 389: Deselecting Overlaid Movements (Drfof, Corrof)
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.10 Deselecting overlaid movements (DRFOF, CORROF) 12.10 Deselecting overlaid movements (DRFOF, CORROF) Function The additive work offsets set by means of handwheel traversal (DRF offsets) and the position offsets programmed using system variable $AA_OFF[<axis>] can be deselected using the part program commands DRFOF CORROF…
- Page 390
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.10 Deselecting overlaid movements (DRFOF, CORROF) Examples Example 1: Axial deselection of a DRF offset (1) A DRF offset is generated in the X axis by DRF handwheel traversal. No DRF offsets are operative for any other axes in the channel. Program code Comment N10 CORROF(X,»DRF») - Page 391
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.10 Deselecting overlaid movements (DRFOF, CORROF) Example 4: Axial deselection of a DRF offset and a $AA_OFF position offset (1) A DRF offset is generated in the X axis by DRF handwheel traversal. No DRF offsets are operative for any other axes in the channel. - Page 392
Coordinate transformations (frames) 12.10 Deselecting overlaid movements (DRFOF, CORROF) Further information $AA_OFF_VAL Once the position offset has been deselected by means of $AA_OFF, system variable $AA_OFF_VAL (integrated distance of axis override) for the corresponding axis will equal zero. $AA_OFF in JOG mode In JOG mode too, if $AA_OFF changes, the position offset will be interpolated as an overlaid movement if this function has been enabled via machine data MD 36750 $MA_AA_OFF_MODE. -
Page 393: Auxiliary Function Outputs
Auxiliary function outputs Function The auxiliary function output sends information to the PLC indicating when the NC program needs the PLC to perform specific switching operations on the machine tool. The auxiliary functions are output, together with their parameters, to the PLC interface. The values and signals must be processed by the PLC user program.
- Page 394
Auxiliary function outputs Properties Important properties of the auxiliary function are shown in the following overview table: Function Address extension Value Explanations Maximum number per Meaning Range Range Type Meaning block 0 … 99 Function The address extension is 0 for the range between 0 (implicit) and 99. - Page 395
Auxiliary function outputs Further information Number of function outputs per NC block Up to 10 function outputs can be programmed in one NC block. Auxiliary functions can also be output from the action component of synchronized actions. References: Function Manual, Synchronized Actions Grouping The functions described can be grouped together. - Page 396
Auxiliary function outputs CAUTION Function outputs in continuous-path mode Function outputs before the traversing movements interrupt the continuous-path mode ) and generate an exact stop for the previous block. G641 Function outputs after the traversing movements interrupt the continuous-path mode ) and generate an exact stop for the current block. -
Page 397: M Functions
Auxiliary function outputs 13.1 M functions 13.1 M functions Function The M functions initiate switching operations, such as «Coolant ON/OFF» and other functions on the machine. Syntax M<value> M[<address extension>] = <value> Significance Address for the programming of the M functions. The extended address notation applies for some M <address extension>…
- Page 398
Auxiliary function outputs 13.1 M functions M function Meaning Gear stage 5 Spindle is switched to axis mode NOTICE Extended address notation cannot be used for the functions marked with *. The commands are always issued after the traversing movement. M functions defined by the machine manufacturer All free M function numbers can be used by the machine manufacturer, e.g. - Page 399
Auxiliary function outputs 13.1 M functions Note Only use this function in special cases as, for example, the chronological alignment is changed in combination with other function outputs. Further information about the predefined M commands Programmed stop: M0 The machining is stopped in the NC block with . - Page 400
Auxiliary function outputs 13.1 M functions Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 401: Supplementary Commands
Supplementary commands 14.1 Output messages (MSG) Function Using the function, you can output any character string from the part program as MSG() message to the operator. Syntax MSG(«<Message text>»[,<Execution>]) MSG () Meaning Keyword for the programming of a message text. Any character string to be displayed as message.
-
Page 402: Supplementary Commands
Supplementary commands 14.1 Output messages (MSG) Examples Example 1: Output/delete message Program code Comment N10 G91 G64 F100 Continuous-path mode N20 X1 Y1 N… X… Y… N20 MSG («Machining part 1») The message is first output with N30. Continuous-path mode is kept. N30 X…
-
Page 403: Writing String In Opi Variable (Wrtpr)
Supplementary commands 14.2 Writing string in OPI variable (WRTPR) 14.2 Writing string in OPI variable (WRTPR) Function Using the function, you can write any character string from the part program into the WRTPR() OPI variable progProtText. Syntax WRTPR(<character string>[,<execution>]) Meaning Function to output a character string.
-
Page 404: Working Area Limitation
Supplementary commands 14.3 Working area limitation 14.3 Working area limitation 14.3.1 Working area limitation in BCS (G25/G26, WALIMON, WALIMOF) Function limits the working area (working field, working space) in which the tool can traverse. The areas outside the working area limitations defined with are inhibited for any tool motion.
- Page 405
Supplementary commands 14.3 Working area limitation The working area limitation for all validated axes must be programmed with the WALIMON command. The command deactivates the working area limitation. is the WALIMOF WALIMON default setting. Therefore, it only has to be programmed if the working area limitation has been disabled beforehand. - Page 406
Supplementary commands 14.3 Working area limitation Example Using the working area limitation , the working area of a lathe is limited so that the surrounding devices and equipment – such as revolver, measuring station, etc. – are protected against damage. Default setting: WALIMON Program code… - Page 407
Supplementary commands 14.3 Working area limitation Further information Reference point at the tool When tool length compensation is active, the tip of the tool is monitored as reference point, otherwise it is the toolholder reference point. Consideration of the tool radius must be activated separately. This is done using channel- specific machine data: MD21020 $MC_WORKAREA_WITH_TOOL_RADIUS If the tool reference point lies outside the working area defined by the working area limitation… -
Page 408: Working Area Limitation In Wcs/Szs (Walcs0
Supplementary commands 14.3 Working area limitation 14.3.2 Working area limitation in WCS/SZS (WALCS0 … WALCS10) Function In addition to the working area limitation with (see «Working area limitation in BCS WALIMON (G25/G26, WALIMON, WALIMOF) (Page 404)») there is an additional working area limitation that is activated using the G commands .
- Page 409
Supplementary commands 14.3 Working area limitation Meaning The working area limitations of the individual axes are set and the reference frame (WCS or SZS), in which the working area limits are to be effective, activated with , by WALCS1 WALCS10 writing to channel-specific system variables: System variable Meaning… - Page 410
Supplementary commands 14.3 Working area limitation Example Three axes are defined in the channel: X, Y and Z A working area limitation group No. 2 is to be defined and then activated in which the axes are to be limited in the WCS acc. to the following specifications: ●… -
Page 411: Reference Point Approach (G74)
Supplementary commands 14.4 Reference point approach (G74) 14.4 Reference point approach (G74) Function When the machine has been powered up (where incremental position measuring systems are used), all of the axis slides must approach their reference mark. Only then can traversing movements be programmed.
-
Page 412: Fixed-Point Approach (G75, G751)
Supplementary commands 14.5 Fixed-point approach (G75, G751) 14.5 Fixed-point approach (G75, G751) Function The non-modal command can be used to move axes individually and independently G751 of one another to fixed points in the machine space, e.g. to tool change points, loading points, pallet change points, etc.
- Page 413
Supplementary commands 14.5 Fixed-point approach (G75, G751) Conditions The following conditions must be satisfied to approach fixed points with G751 ● The fixed-point coordinates must have been calculated exactly and written to machine data. ● The fixed points must be located within the valid traversing range (→ note the software limit switch limits!) ●… - Page 414
Supplementary commands 14.5 Fixed-point approach (G75, G751) Note The following applies for : Axes which are to only approach the fixed point without first G751 moving to an intermediate point cannot be programmed. Note The value of the address must not be greater than the number of fixed points specified for each programmed axis (MD30610 $MA_NUM_FIX_POINT_POS). - Page 415
Supplementary commands 14.5 Fixed-point approach (G75, G751) Example 2: G751 Position X20 Z30 is to be approached first, followed by the fixed machine axis position 2. Program code Comment … N40 G751 X20 Z30 FP=2 ; Position X20 Z30 is approached first in rapid traverse as a path. - Page 416
Supplementary commands 14.5 Fixed-point approach (G75, G751) Working area limitation in the workpiece coordinate system/SZS Coordinate-system-specific working area limitation ( ) is not effective in the WALCS0 WALCS10 block with . The destination point is monitored as the starting point of the following G751 block. -
Page 417: Travel To Fixed Stop (Fxs, Fxst, Fxsw)
Supplementary commands 14.6 Travel to fixed stop (FXS, FXST, FXSW) 14.6 Travel to fixed stop (FXS, FXST, FXSW) Function The «Travel to fixed stop» function can be used to establish defined forces for clamping workpieces, such as those required for tailstocks, quills and grippers. The function can also be used for the approach of mechanical reference points.
- Page 418
Supplementary commands 14.6 Travel to fixed stop (FXS, FXST, FXSW) Significance Command for activation and deactivation of the «Travel to fixed stop» function Activate function FXS[<axis>]=1 Deactivate function FXS=[<axis>]=0 Optional command for setting the clamping torque FXST Specified as % of the maximum drive torque Optional command for setting the window width for the fixed stop FXSW monitoring… - Page 419
Supplementary commands 14.6 Travel to fixed stop (FXS, FXST, FXSW) CAUTION It is not permissible to program a new position for an axis if the «Travel to fixed stop» function has already been activated for an axis/spindle. Spindles must be switched to position-controlled mode before the function is selected. Deactivate travel to fixed stop: FXS[<axis>] = 0 Deselection of the function triggers a preprocessing stop. - Page 420
Supplementary commands 14.6 Travel to fixed stop (FXS, FXST, FXSW) Further information Rise ramp A rate of rise ramp for the new torque limit can be defined in MD to prevent any abrupt changes to the torque limit setting (e.g. insertion of a quill). Alarm suppression The fixed stop alarm can be suppressed for applications by the part program by masking the alarm in a machine data item and activating the new MD setting with NEW_CONF. - Page 421
Supplementary commands 14.6 Travel to fixed stop (FXS, FXST, FXSW) Supplementary conditions ● Measurement with deletion of distance-to-go «Measure with deletion of distance-to-go» ( command) and «Travel to fixed stop» MEAS cannot be programmed at the same time in one block. Exception: One function acts on a path axis and the other on a positioning axis or both act on positioning axes. -
Page 422: Acceleration Behavior
Supplementary commands 14.7 Acceleration behavior 14.7 Acceleration behavior 14.7.1 Acceleration mode (BRISK, BRISKA, SOFT, SOFTA, DRIVE, DRIVEA) Function The following part program commands are available for programming the current acceleration mode: ● BRISK BRISKA The single axes or the path axes traverse with maximum acceleration until the programmed feedrate is reached (acceleration without jerk limitation).
- Page 423
Supplementary commands 14.7 Acceleration behavior Figure 14-2 Path velocity curve with DRIVE Syntax BRISK BRISKA(<axis1>,<axis2>,…) SOFT SOFTA(<axis1>,<axis2>,…) DRIVE DRIVEA(<axis1>,<axis2>,…) Significance Command for activating the «acceleration without jerk BRISK limitation» for the path axes. Command for activating the «acceleration without jerk BRISKA limitation»… - Page 424
Supplementary commands 14.7 Acceleration behavior Supplementary conditions Changing acceleration mode during machining If the acceleration mode is changed in a part program during machining ( ↔ ), then BRISK SOFT there is a block change with exact stop at the end of the block during the transition even with continuous-path mode. -
Page 425: Sinumerik 828D
• Function Manual, Special Functions; Axis Couplings (M3) • Function Manual, Extended Functions; Synchronous Spindle (S3) Note Availability for SINUMERIK 828D The VELOLIMA, ACCLIMA and JERKLIMA functions can only be used with SINUMERIK 828D in conjunction with the «coupled motion» function! Syntax VELOLIMA(<axis>)=<value> ACCLIMA(<axis>)=<value> JERKLIMA(<axis>)=<value>…
- Page 426
Supplementary commands 14.7 Acceleration behavior Examples Example 1: Correction of the dynamics limits for a following axis (AX4) Program code Comment VELOLIMA[AX4]=75 ; Limits correction to 75% of the maximum axial velocity stored in the machine data ACCLIMA[AX4]=50 ; Limits correction to 50% of the maximum axial acceleration stored in the machine data JERKLIMA[AX4]=50 ;… -
Page 427: Activation Of Technology-Specific Dynamic Values (Dynnorm, Dynpos, Dynrough, Dynsemifin, Dynfinish)
Supplementary commands 14.7 Acceleration behavior 14.7.3 Activation of technology-specific dynamic values (DYNNORM, DYNPOS, DYNROUGH, DYNSEMIFIN, DYNFINISH) Function Using the «Technology» G group, the appropriate dynamic response can be activated for five varying technological machining steps. Dynamic values and G commands can be configured and are, therefore, dependent on machine data settings (→…
- Page 428
Supplementary commands 14.7 Acceleration behavior Significance G command for activating normal dynamic response DYNNORM G command for activating the dynamic response for positioning mode, DYNPOS tapping G command for activating the dynamic response for roughing DYNROUGH G command for activating the dynamic response for finishing DYNSEMIFIN G command for activating the dynamic response for smooth-finishing DYNFINISH… -
Page 429: Traversing With Feedforward Control, Ffwon, Ffwof
Supplementary commands 14.8 Traversing with feedforward control, FFWON, FFWOF 14.8 Traversing with feedforward control, FFWON, FFWOF Function The feedforward control reduces the velocity-dependent overtravel when contouring towards zero. Traversing with feedforward control permits higher path accuracy and thus improved machining results. Syntax FFWON FFWOF…
-
Page 430: Contour Accuracy, Cprecon, Cprecof
Supplementary commands 14.9 Contour accuracy, CPRECON, CPRECOF 14.9 Contour accuracy, CPRECON, CPRECOF Function In machining operations without feedforward control ( ), errors may occur on curved FFWON contours as a result of velocity-related differences between setpoint and actual positions. The programmable contour accuracy function makes it possible to store a maximum CPRECON permissible contour violation in the NC program which must never be overshot.
-
Page 431: Dwell Time (G4)
Supplementary commands 14.10 Dwell time (G4) 14.10 Dwell time (G4) Function can be used to program a «dwell time» between two NC blocks during which workpiece machining is interrupted. Note interrupts continuous-path mode. Application For example, for relief cutting. Syntax G4 F…/S<n>=…
- Page 432
Supplementary commands 14.10 Dwell time (G4) Significance Activate dwell time The dwell time is programmed in seconds at address F… The dwell time is programmed in spindle revolutions at address S<n>=… The numeric extension indicates the number of the spindle to which <n>… -
Page 433: Internal Preprocessing Stop
Supplementary commands 14.11 Internal preprocessing stop 14.11 Internal preprocessing stop Function The control generates an internal preprocessing stop on access to machine status data ($A…). The following block is not executed until all preprocessed and saved blocks have been executed in full. The previous block is stopped in exact stop (as Example Program code Comments…
- Page 434
Supplementary commands 14.11 Internal preprocessing stop Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 435: Other Information
Other information 15.1 Axes Axis types A distinction is made between the following types of axes when programming: ● Machine axes ● Channel axes ● Geometry axes ● Special axes ● Path axes ● Synchronized axes ● Positioning axes ● Command axes (motion-synchronous actions) ●…
-
Page 436: Other Information
Other information 15.1 Axes Behavior of programmed axis types Geometry, synchronized and positioning axes are programmed. ● Path axes traverse with feedrate F in accordance with the programmed travel commands. ● Synchronized axes traverse synchronously to path axes and take the same time to traverse as all path axes.
-
Page 437: Main Axes/Geometry Axes
Other information 15.1 Axes 15.1.1 Main axes/Geometry axes The main axes define a right-angled, right-handed coordinate system. Tool movements are programmed in this coordinate system. In NC technology, the main axes are called geometry axes. This term is also used in this Programming Guide.
-
Page 438: Special Axes
Other information 15.1 Axes 15.1.2 Special axes In contrast to the geometry axes, no geometrical relationship is defined between the special axes. Typical special axes are: ● Tool revolver axes ● Swivel table axes ● Swivel head axes ● Loader axes Axis identifier On a turning machine with circular magazine, for example: ●…
-
Page 439: Machine Axes
Other information 15.1 Axes 15.1.4 Machine axes Machine axes are the axes physically existing on a machine. The movements of axes can still be assigned by transformations (TRANSMIT, TRACYL, or TRAORI) to the machine axes. If transformations are intended for the machine, different axis names must be specified during the commissioning (machine manufacturer).
-
Page 440: Positioning Axes
Other information 15.1 Axes 15.1.7 Positioning axes Positioning axes are interpolated separately; in other words, each positioning axis has its own axis interpolator and its own feedrate. Positioning axes do not interpolate with the path axes. Positioning axes are traversed by the NC program or the PLC. If an axis is to be traversed simultaneously by the NC program and the PLC, an error message appears.
-
Page 441: Synchronized Axes
Other information 15.1 Axes 15.1.8 Synchronized axes Synchronized axes traverse synchronously to the path from the start position to the programmed end position. The feedrate programmed in applies to all the path axes programmed in the block, but does not apply to synchronized axes. Synchronized axes take the same time as the path axes to traverse.
-
Page 442: Link Axes
Other information 15.1 Axes 15.1.11 Link axes Link axes are axes, which are physically connected to another NCU and whose position is controlled from this NCU. Link axes can be assigned dynamically to channels of another NCU. Link axes are non-local axes from the perspective of a specific NCU. The axis container concept is used for the dynamic modification of the assignment to an NCU.
-
Page 443: Lead Link Axes
Other information 15.1 Axes Axis container An axis container is a circular buffer data structure, in which local axes and/or link axes are assigned to channels. The entries in the circular buffer can be shifted cyclically. In addition to the direct reference to local axes or link axes, the link axis configuration in the logical machine axis image also allows references to axis containers.
- Page 444
Other information 15.1 Axes NCUs that are dependent on the leading link axis can utilize the following coupling relationships with it: ● Master value (setpoint, actual master value, simulated master value) ● Coupled motion ● Tangential correction ● Electronic gear (ELG) ●… - Page 445
Other information 15.1 Axes System variables The following system variables can be used in conjunction with the channel axis identifier of the leading link axis: System variables Significance $AA_LEAD_SP Simulated master value — position $AA_LEAD_SV Simulated master value — velocity If these system variables are updated by the home NCU of the master axis, the new values are also transferred to any other NCUs, which wish to control slave axes as a function of this master axis. -
Page 446: From Travel Command To Machine Movement
Other information 15.2 From travel command to machine movement 15.2 From travel command to machine movement The relationship between the programmed axis movements (travel commands) and the resulting machine movements is illustrated in the following figure: Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0…
-
Page 447: Path Calculation
Other information 15.3 Path calculation 15.3 Path calculation The path calculation determines the distance to be traversed in a block, taking into account all offsets and compensations. In general: Distance = setpoint — actual value + zero offset (ZO) + tool offset (TO) If a new zero offset and a new tool offset are programmed in a new program block, the following applies: ●…
-
Page 448: Addresses
Other information 15.4 Addresses 15.4 Addresses Fixed and settable addresses Addresses can be divided into two groups: ● Fixed addresses These addresses are permanently set, i.e. the address characters cannot be changed. ● Settable addresses The machine manufacturer may assign another name to these addresses via machine data.
- Page 449
Other information 15.4 Addresses SPOS=… Spindle position Fixed SPOS[n]=… SPOSA=… Spindle position across block boundary Fixed SPOSA[n Q… Axis Settable R0=… to Rn=… — R parameter, n can be set via MD Fixed (standard 0 — 99) R… — Axis Settable Round the contour corner Fixed… - Page 450
Other information 15.4 Addresses Modal/non-modal addresses Modal addresses remain valid with the programmed value (in all subsequent blocks) until a new value is programmed at the same address. Non-modal addresses only apply in the block, in which they were programmed. Example: Program code Comment… - Page 451
Other information 15.4 Addresses Extended address notation Extended address notation enables a larger number of axes and spindles to be organized in a system. An extended address consists of a numeric extension and an arithmetic expression assigned with an «=» character. The numeric extension has one or two digits and is always positive. The extended address notation is only permitted for the following direct addresses: Address Meaning… -
Page 452: Identifiers
Other information 15.5 Identifiers 15.5 Identifiers The commands according to DIN 66025 are supplemented with so-called identifiers by the NC high-level language. Identifiers can stand for: ● System variables ● User-defined variables ● Subroutines ● Keywords ● Jump markers ● Macros Note Identifiers must be unique.
- Page 453
Note Users should select identifiers, which either begin with «U» (User) or contain underscores, as these identifiers are not used by the system, compile cycles or SIEMENS cycles. Further reservations are: ● The identifier «RL» is reserved for conventional turning machines. -
Page 454: Constants
Other information 15.6 Constants 15.6 Constants Integer constants An integer constant is an integer value with or without sign, e.g. a value assignment to an address. Examples: X10.25 Assignment of the value +10.25 to address X X-10.25 Assignment of the value -10.25 to address X X0.25 Assignment of the value +0.25 to address X X.25…
- Page 455
Other information 15.6 Constants Binary constants Constants can also be interpreted in binary format. In this case, only the digits «0» and «1» are used. Binary constants are enclosed in single quotation marks and start with the letter «B», followed by the binary value. - Page 456
Other information 15.6 Constants Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 457: Tables
Tables 16.1 Instructions Legend: Effectiveness of the operation: modal non-modal Reference to the document containing the detailed description of the operation: PGsl Programming Manual, Fundamentals PGAsl Programming Manual, Job Planning BNMsl Programming Manual Measuring Cycles BHDsl Operating Manual, Turning BHFsl Operating Manual, Milling FB1 ( ) Function Manual, Basic Functions (with the alphanumeric abbreviation of the corresponding…
- Page 458
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl <= Comparison operator, less than or equal PGAsl Assignment operator PGAsl >= Comparison operator, greater than or equal to PGAsl Operator for division PGsl Block is skipped (1st skip level) … Block is skipped (8th skip level) Skipping blocks (Page 43) …… - Page 459
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl, FB1(K2) ADDFRAME Inclusion and possible activation of a measured frame PGsl ADIS Rounding clearance for path functions G1, G2, G3, … Continuous-path mode (G64, G641, G642, G643, G644, G645, ADIS, ADISPOS) (Page 341) PGsl ADISPOS Rounding clearance for rapid traverse… - Page 460
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl AROTS Programmable frame rotations with solid angles Programmable frame rotations with solid angles (ROTS, AROTS, CROTS) (Page 374) PGAsl Macro definition PGsl ASCALE Programmable scaling Programmable scale factor (SCALE, ASCALE) (Page 375) PGAsl ASIN Arithmetic function, arc sine… - Page 461
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl Tool orientation: Surface normal vector for end of block PGAsl B_AND Bit AND PGAsl B_OR Bit OR PGAsl B_NOT Bit negation PGAsl B_XOR Bit exclusive OR PGAsl BAUTO Definition of the first spline section by means of the next 3 points PGAsl BLOCK… - Page 462
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl Absolute position approach PGAsl CACN Absolute approach of the value listed in the table in negative direction PGAsl CACP Absolute approach of the value listed in the table in positive direction PGAsl CALCDAT Calculates radius and center point of circle from 3 or 4 points… - Page 463
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl CHAR Data type: ASCII character PGAsl CHECKSUM Forms the checksum over an array as a fixed-length STRING PGsl Chamfer; value = length of chamfer Chamfer, rounding (CHF, CHR, RND, RNDM, FRC, FRCM) (Page 282) CHKDM Uniqueness check within a magazine PGAsl… - Page 464
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl Cosine (trigon. function) PGAsl COUPDEF Definition ELG group/synchronous spindle group PGAsl COUPDEL Delete ELG group PGAsl COUPOF ELG group/synchronous spindle pair ON PGAsl COUPOFS Deactivate ELG group/synchronous spindle pair with stop of following spindle PGAsl COUPON… - Page 465
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl Circle with tangential transition Circular interpolation with tangential transition (CT, X… Y… Z…) (Page 233) PGAsl CTAB Define following axis position according to leading axis position from curve table PGAsl CTABDEF Table definition ON PGAsl CTABDEL Clear curve table… - Page 466
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl CTABSEG Number of curve segments already used in the memory PGAsl CTABSEGID Number of the curve segments used by the curve table with number n PGAsl CTABSEV Returns the final value of the following axis of a segment of the curve table PGAsl CTABSSV… - Page 467
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl CUT3DFS 3D tool offset face milling with constant tool orientation independent of active frame PGsl CUTCONOF Constant radius compensation OFF Keep tool radius compensation constant (CUTCONON, CUTCONOF) (Page 332) PGsl CUTCONON Constant radius compensation ON Keep tool radius compensation constant (CUTCONON, CUTCONOF) (Page 332) PGAsl… - Page 468
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl DIAM90 Diameter programming for G90, radius programming for G91 Channel-specific diameter/radius programming (DIAMON, DIAM90, DIAMOF, DIAMCYCOF) (Page 183) PGsl DIAM90A Axis-specific modal diameter programming for G90 and AC, radius Axis-specific diameter/radius programming programming for G91 and IC (DIAMONA, DIAM90A, DIAMOFA, DIACYCOFA, DIAMCHANA, DIAMCHAN, DAC, DIC, RAC, RIC) - Page 469
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl DISABLE Interrupt OFF PGsl DISC Transition circle overshoot tool radius compensation Compensation at the outside corners (G450, G451, DISC) (Page 306) PGsl DISCL Clearance between the end point of the fast infeed motion and the machining Approach and retraction (G140 to G143, G147, G148, plane G247, G248, G347, G348, G340, G341, DISR, DISCL,… - Page 470
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl DYNPOS Dynamic response for positioning mode, tapping Activation of technology-specific dynamic values (DYNNORM, DYNPOS, DYNROUGH, DYNSEMIFIN, DYNFINISH) (Page 427) PGsl DYNROUGH Dynamic response for roughing Activation of technology-specific dynamic values (DYNNORM, DYNPOS, DYNROUGH, DYNSEMIFIN, DYNFINISH) (Page 427) PGsl DYNSEMIFIN… - Page 471
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see ENDPROC End line of program with start line PROC PGAsl ENDWHILE End line of WHILE loop PGAsl ETAN Tangential transition to next traversing block at spline begin PGAsl EVERY Execute synchronized action on transition of condition from FALSE to TRUE PGAsl… - Page 472
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl Axis feedrate for handwheel override Feedrate with handwheel override (FD, FDA) (Page 142) PGAsl FENDNORM Corner deceleration OFF PGsl FFWOF Feedforward control OFF Traversing with feedforward control, FFWON, FFWOF (Page 429) PGsl FFWON Feedforward control ON Traversing with feedforward control, FFWON, FFWOF… - Page 473
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl FOCOF Deactivate travel with limited torque/force PGAsl FOCON Activate travel with limited torque/force PGAsl Counter loop with fixed number of passes PGsl Fixed point: Number of fixed point to be approached Fixed-point approach (G75, G751) (Page 412) PGAsl Feedrate characteristic programmed via a polynomial… - Page 474
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl Linear interpolation with rapid traverse (rapid traverse motion) Rapid traverse movement (G0, RTLION, RTLIOF) (Page 204) PGsl Linear interpolation with feedrate (linear interpolation) Linear interpolation (G1) (Page 209) PGsl Circular interpolation clockwise Circular interpolation types (G2/G3, …) (Page 212) PGsl Circular interpolation counter-clockwise… - Page 475
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl Tool radius compensation left of contour Tool radius compensation (G40, G41, G42, OFFN) (Page 289) PGsl Tool radius compensation right of contour Tool radius compensation (G40, G41, G42, OFFN) (Page 289) PGsl Suppression of current work offset (non-modal) Settable work offset (G54 to G57, G505 to G599, G53,… - Page 476
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl Absolute dimensions Absolute dimensions (G90, AC) (Page 169) PGsl Incremental dimensions Incremental dimensions (G91, IC) (Page 172) PGsl Inverse-time feedrate rpm Feedrate (G93, G94, G95, F, FGROUP, FL, FGREF) (Page 111) PGsl Linear feedrate F in mm/min or inch/min and degree/min Feedrate (G93, G94, G95, F, FGROUP, FL, FGREF) - Page 477
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl G147 Soft approach with straight line Approach and retraction (G140 to G143, G147, G148, G247, G248, G347, G348, G340, G341, DISR, DISCL, FAD, PM, PR) (Page 310) PGsl G148 Soft retraction with straight line Approach and retraction (G140 to G143, G147, G148, G247, G248, G347, G348, G340, G341, DISR, DISCL, FAD, PM, PR) (Page 310) - Page 478
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl G451 Intersection of equidistances Compensation at the outside corners (G450, G451, DISC) (Page 306) PGsl G460 Activation of collision detection for the approach and retraction block Approach and retraction with enhanced retraction strategies (G460, G461, G462) (Page 321) PGsl G461… - Page 479
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl G710 Metric dimensions for geometric and technological specifications (lengths, Inch or metric dimensions (G70/G700, G71/G710) feedrate) (Page 180) G751 Approach fixed point via intermediate PGsl point Fixed-point approach (G75, G751) (Page 412) PGAsl G810 , …,… - Page 480
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see GETT Get T number for tool name FB1(W1) GETTCOR Read out tool lengths and/or tool length components FB1(W1) GETTENV Read T, D and DL numbers PGAsl GOTO Jump operation first forward then backward (direction initially to end of program and then to beginning of program) PGAsl… - Page 481
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl Introduction of a conditional jump in the part program/technology cycle PGAsl INDEX Define index of character in input string PGAsl INIPO Initialization of variables at POWER ON PGAsl INIRE Initialization of variables at reset PGAsl INICF Initialization of variables at NewConfig… - Page 482
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl ISOCALL Indirect call of a program programmed in an ISO language PGAsl ISVAR Check whether the transfer parameter contains a variable declared in the NC PGsl Interpolation parameters Circular interpolation with center point and end point (G2/G3, X… - Page 483
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl LFOF Fast retraction for thread cutting OFF Fast retraction for thread cutting (LFON, LFOF, DILF, ALF, LFTXT, LFWP, LFPOS, POLF, POLFMASK, POLFMLIN) (Page 277) PGsl LFON Fast retraction for thread cutting ON Fast retraction for thread cutting (LFON, LFOF, DILF, ALF, LFTXT, LFWP, LFPOS, POLF, POLFMASK, POLFMLIN) (Page 277) - Page 484
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl Spindle stop M functions (Page 397) PGsl Tool change M functions (Page 397) PGsl End of subprogram M functions (Page 397) PGsl Spindle positioning to the position entered in SD43240 M functions (Page 397) PGsl End of program, same effect as M2 M functions (Page 397) - Page 485
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl MEAW Measurement with touch-trigger probe without deletion of distance-to-go PGAsl MEAWA Measurement without deletion of distance-to-go PGAsl Access to frame data: Mirroring PGAsl MINDEX Define index of character in input string PGAsl MINVAL Smaller value of two variables (arithm. - Page 486
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl NUMBER Convert input string to number PGAsl OEMIPO1 OEM interpolation 1 PGAsl OEMIPO2 OEM interpolation 2 PGAsl Keyword in CASE branch PGsl OFFN Allowance on the programmed contour Tool radius compensation (G40, G41, G42, OFFN) (Page 289) OMA1 OEM address 1… - Page 487
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl ORIPATH Tool orientation in relation to path PGAsl ORIPATHS Tool orientation in relation to path, blips in the orientation characteristic are smoothed PGAsl ORIPLANE Interpolation in a plane (corresponds to ORIVECT), large-radius circular interpolation PGAsl ORIRESET Initial tool orientation with up to… - Page 488
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl OSCTRL Oscillation options PGAsl Smoothing of tool orientation by specifying smoothing distance with SD PGAsl Oscillation end position PGAsl OSNSC Oscillating: Number of spark-out cycles PGAsl OSOF Tool orientation smoothing OFF PGAsl OSP1 Oscillating: Left reversal point PGAsl… - Page 489
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl PAROTOF Deactivate frame rotation in relation to workpiece Frame generation according to tool orientation (TOFRAME, TOROT, PAROT) (Page 384) PGAsl PCALL Call subprograms with absolute path and parameter transfer PGAsl PDELAYOF Punching with delay OFF PGAsl PDELAYON Punching with delay ON… - Page 490
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl Punching ON PGAsl PONS Punching ON in interpolation cycle PGsl Position axis Traversing positioning axes (POS, POSA, POSP, FA, WAITP, WAITMC) (Page 120) PGsl POSA Position axis across block boundary Traversing positioning axes (POS, POSA, POSP, FA, WAITP, WAITMC) (Page 120) POSM Position magazine… - Page 491
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl QECLRNOF Quadrant error compensation learning PGAsl QECLRNON Quadrant error compensation learning PGsl Fast additional (auxiliary) function output Auxiliary function outputs (Page 393) PGAsl R… Arithmetic parameter also as settable address identifier and with numerical extension PGsl Absolute non-modal axis-specific radius… - Page 492
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl RESET Reset technology cycle RESETMON Language command for setpoint activation PGAsl End of subprogram PGsl Relative non-modal axis-specific radius programming PGAsl RINDEX Define index of character in input string PGAsl Repositioning to start of block PGAsl Repositioning to end of block PGAsl… - Page 493
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl RTLIOF G0 without linear interpolation (single- axis interpolation) Rapid traverse movement (G0, RTLION, RTLIOF) (Page 204) PGsl RTLION G0 with linear interpolation Rapid traverse movement (G0, RTLION, RTLIOF) (Page 204) PGsl Spindle speed (with G4, G96/G961 different Spindle speed (S), direction of spindle rotation (M3, M4, significance) - Page 494
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl SETMS(n) Set spindle n as master spindle Spindle speed (S), direction of spindle rotation (M3, M4, M5) (Page 91) SETMTH Set master toolholder number SETPIECE Set piece number for all tools assigned to the spindle SETTA Activate tool from wear group… - Page 495
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see FB2(N4) SPIF1 Fast NCK inputs/outputs for punching/nibbling byte 1 FB2(N4) SPIF2 Fast NCK inputs/outputs for punching/nibbling byte 2 PGAsl SPLINEPATH Define spline grouping PGAsl Number of path sections per block PGAsl SPOF Stroke OFF, nibbling, punching OFF PGsl SPOS… - Page 496
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl STOPFIFO Stop machining; fill preprocessing memory until STARTFIFO is detected, preprocessing memory is full or end of program PGAsl STOPRE Preprocessing stop until all prepared blocks in main run are executed PGAsl STOPREOF Revoke preprocessing stop PGAsl… - Page 497
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl TANG Definition of axis grouping tangential correction PGAsl TANGDEL Deletion of definition of axis grouping tangential correction PGAsl TANGOF Tangential correction OFF PGAsl TANGON Tangential correction ON Tool selection/tool change irrespective of tool status PGAsl TCARR Request toolholder (number «m») - Page 498
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl TOFFOF Deactivate online tool offset PGAsl TOFFON Activate online tool length offset PGsl TOFFR Tool radius offset Programmable tool offset (TOFFL, TOFF, TOFFR) (Page 86) PGsl TOFRAME Align the Z axis of the workpiece coordinate system parallel to the Frame generation according to tool orientation workpiece orientation by rotating the… - Page 499
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl TOWBCS Wear values in basic coordinate system (BCS) PGAsl TOWKCS Wear values in the coordinate system of the tool head for kinetic transformation (differs from machine coordinate system through tool rotation) PGAsl TOWMCS Wear values in machine coordinate system… - Page 500
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGAsl Upper limit value of variables PGAsl UNLOCK Enable synchronized action with ID (continue technology cycle) PGAsl UNTIL Condition for end of REPEAT loop PGAsl UPATH Path reference for FGROUP axes is curve parameter PGAsl Keyword: Type of parameter transfer PGAsl… - Page 501
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl WALCS4 Workpiece coordinate system working area limitation group 4 active Working area limitation in WCS/SZS (WALCS0 … WALCS10) (Page 408) PGsl WALCS5 Workpiece coordinate system working area limitation group 5 active Working area limitation in WCS/SZS (WALCS0 … WALCS10) (Page 408) PGsl WALCS6… - Page 502
Tables 16.1 Instructions Operation Meaning Description see PGsl Axis name Travel commands with Cartesian coordinates (G0, G1, G2, G3, X…, Y…, Z…) (Page 195) PGsl Axis name Travel commands with Cartesian coordinates (G0, G1, G2, G3, X…, Y…, Z…) (Page 195) Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 503: Operations: Availability For Sinumerik 828D
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling ● ● ● ● ● ●…
- Page 504
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling APRP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●… - Page 505
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling BSPLINE ○ ○ ○ BTAN ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ●… - Page 506
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling COMPLETE ● ● ● ● ● ● COMPOF ○ ○ ○ COMPON ○… - Page 507
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling CTABMSEG CTABNO CTABNOMEM CTABPERIOD CTABPOL CTABPOLID CTABSEG CTABSEGID CTABSEV CTABSSV CTABTEP CTABTEV… - Page 508
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling DELDL ● ● ● ● ● ● DELDTG ● ● ● ●… - Page 509
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling EGOFC EGOFS EGON EGONSYN EGONSYNE ELSE ● ● ● ● ● ●… - Page 510
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling FILEINFO ● ● ● ● ● ● FILESIZE ● ● ● ●… - Page 511
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●… - Page 512
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling G248 ● ● ● ● ● ● G290 ● ● ● ●… - Page 513
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling GETACTT ● ● ● ● ● ● GETACTTD ● ● ● ●… - Page 514
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling ● ● ● ● ● ● IPOBRKA ● ● ● ● ●… - Page 515
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●… - Page 516
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling NEWCONF ● ● ● ● ● ● NEWT ● ● ● ●… - Page 517
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling ORISON ● ● ● ● ● ● ORIVECT ● ● ● ●… - Page 518
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling POLFA ● ● ● ● ● ● POLFMASK ● ● ● ●… - Page 519
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling REPOSL ● ● ● ● ● ● REPOSQ ● ● ● ●… - Page 520
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling SETMTH ● ● ● ● ● ● SETPIECE ● ● ● ●… - Page 521
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling STOPREOF ● ● ● ● ● ● STRING ● ● ● ●… - Page 522
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling TOFRAMEY ● ● ● ● ● ● TOFRAMEZ ● ● ● ●… - Page 523
Tables 16.2 Operations: Availability for SINUMERIK 828D Operation 828D control version PPU240.2 / 241.2 PPU260.2 / 261.2 PPU280.2 / 281.2 basic T basic M Turning Milling Turning Milling WAITM WAITMC WAITP ● ● ● ● ● ● WAITS ● ●… -
Page 524: Addresses
Tables 16.3 Addresses 16.3 Addresses List of addresses The list of addresses consists of: ● Address letters ● Fixed addresses ● Fixed addresses with axis expansion ● Settable addresses Address letters The following address letters are available: Letter Meaning Numeric extension Settable address identifier Settable address identifier…
- Page 525
Tables 16.3 Addresses Letter Meaning Numeric extension Settable address identifier Start character and separator for file transfer Main block number Skip identifier Available fixed addresses Axis Address type Modal/ G70/ G700/ G90/ CIC, Data type identifier non- G710 ACN, CAC, modal CDC, CACN,… - Page 526
Tables 16.3 Addresses Fixed addresses with axis expansion Axis Address type Modal/ G70/ G700/ G90/ CIC, Data type identifier non- G710 ACN, CAC, modal CDC, CACN, CACP AX: Axis Variable axis Real identifier Variable Real Interpola- interpolation tion para- parameter meter POS: Positioning… - Page 527
Tables 16.3 Addresses Axis Address type Modal/ G70/ G700/ G90/ CIC, Data type identifier non- G710 ACN, CAC, modal CDC, CACN, CACP OST1: Stopping time Real Oscillating at left reversal time 1 point (oscillation) OST2: Stopping time Real Oscillating at right time 2 reversal point (oscillation) - Page 528
Tables 16.3 Addresses Axis Address type Modal/ G70/ G700/ G90/ CIC, Data type identifier non- G710 ACN, CAC, modal CDC, CACN, CACP FXST: Torque limit Real Fixed stop for travel to torque fixed stop FXSW: Monitoring Real Fixed stop window for window travel to fixed stop… - Page 529
Tables 16.3 Addresses Axis identifier Address Modal/ G70/ G700/ G90/ CIC, Max. Data type type non- G710 ACN, CAC, num- modal CDC, CACN, CACP A7, B7, C7 Interme- Real standardized diate orien- vector tation com- ponent LEAD: Lead angle Real Lead angle THETA: Third Angle of… - Page 530
Tables 16.3 Addresses Axis identifier Address Modal/ G70/ G700/ G90/ CIC, Max. Data type type non- G710 ACN, CAC, num- modal CDC, CACN, CACP Starting Real Spindle offset point offset for thread cutting DISR: Distance for Real without Distance for reposition- sign repositioning… - Page 531
Tables 16.3 Addresses Axis identifier Address Modal/ G70/ G700/ G90/ CIC, Max. Data type type non- G710 ACN, CAC, num- modal CDC, CACN, CACP Nibbling/punching SPN: Number of Stroke/punch path number sections per block SPP: Length of a Real Stroke/punch path section path Grinding… - Page 532
Tables 16.3 Addresses Axis identifier Address Modal/ G70/ G700/ G90/ CIC, Max. Data type type non- G710 ACN, CAC, num- modal CDC, CACN, CACP Feed for Real without radius and sign chamfer FRCM Feed for Real without radius and sign chamfer, modal OEM addresses… -
Page 533: G Function Groups
If no function from the group is programmed with modal G functions, the default setting, which can be changed in the machine data (MD20150 $MN_$MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES), applies: SAG Default setting Siemens AG Default setting Machine Manufacturer (see machine manufacturer’s specifications) The G function is not valid for NCU571.
- Page 534
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 1: Modally valid motion commands G function Meaning MD20150 Rapid traverse Linear interpolation (linear interpolation) Circular interpolation clockwise Circular interpolation counterclockwise Circular interpolation through intermediate point ASPLINE Akima spline BSPLINE B-spline CSPLINE Cubic spline POLY Polynomial interpolation Thread cutting with constant lead… - Page 535
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 2: Non-modally valid motions, dwell time G function Significance MD20150 Dwell time preset Tapping without synchronization Reference point approach with synchronization Fixed-point approach REPOSL Linear repositioning REPOSQ Repositioning in a quadrant REPOSH Repositioning in semicircle REPOSA Linear repositioning with all axes REPOSQA… - Page 536
Tables 16.4 G function groups G111 Polar programming relative to origin of current workpiece coordinate system G112 Pole programming relative to the last valid pole Programmable offset, absolute axial substitution Programmable offset, additive axial substitution ROTS Rotation with solid angle AROTS Additive rotation with solid angle Group 4: FIFO… - Page 537
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 8: Settable zero offset G function Significance MD20150 G500 Deactivation of adjustable work offset (G54 to G57, G505 to G599) 1st Settable zero offset 2nd adjustable work offset 3rd adjustable work offset 4th adjustable work offset G505 5th adjustable work offset G599… - Page 538
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 11: Exact stop, non-modal G function Significance MD20150 Exact stop Group 12: Block change criteria at exact stop (G60/G9) G function Significance MD20150 G601 Block change at exact stop fine G602 Block change at exact stop coarse G603 Block change at IPO — end of block Group 13: Workpiece measuring inch/metric… - Page 539
Tables 16.4 G function groups G971 Constant cutting rate and type of feedrate as for G94 G942 Freeze linear feedrate and constant cutting rate or spindle speed G952 Freeze revolutional feedrate and constant cutting rate or spindle speed G962 Linear feedrate or revolutional feedrate and constant cutting rate G972 Freeze linear feedrate or revolutional feedrate and… - Page 540
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 19: Curve transition at beginning of spline G function Significance MD20150 BNAT Natural transition to first spline block BTAN Tangential transition to first spline block BAUTO Definition of the first spline section by means of the next 3 points Group 20: Curve transition at end of spline G function… - Page 541
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 23: Collision monitoring at inside contours G function Significance MD20150 CDOF Collision detection OFF CDON Collision detection ON CDOF2 Collision detection OFF (currently only for CUT3DC) Group 24: Feedforward control G function Significance MD20150 FFWOF Feedforward control OFF FFWON… - Page 542
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 28: Working area limitation G function Significance MD20150 WALIMON Working area limitation ON WALIMOF Working area limitation OFF Group 29: Radius/diameter programming G function Significance MD20150 DIAMOF Modal channel-specific diameter programming OFF Deactivation activates channel-specific radius programming. - Page 543
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 31: OEM G function group G function Significance MD20150 G810 OEM G function G811 OEM G function G812 OEM G function G813 OEM G function G814 OEM G function G815 OEM G function G816 OEM G function G817 OEM G function… - Page 544
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 34: Tool orientation smoothing G function Significance MD20150 OSOF Tool orientation smoothing OFF Continuous tool orientation smoothing Tool orientation smoothing at end of block OSSE Tool orientation smoothing at start and end of block Block-internal smoothing with specification of path length Block-internal smoothing with specification of angular… - Page 545
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 39: Programmable contour accuracy G function Significance MD20150 CPRECOF Programmable contour precision OFF CPRECON Programmable contour precision ON Group 40: Tool radius compensation constant G function Significance MD20150 CUTCONOF Constant tool radius compensation OFF CUTCONON Constant tool radius compensation ON Group 41: Interruptible thread cutting… - Page 546
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 44: SAR path segmentation G function Significance MD20150 G340 Spatial approach block; in other words, infeed depth and approach in plane in one block G341 Start with infeed on perpendicular axis (Z), then approach in plane Group 45: Path reference for FGROUP axes G function Significance… - Page 547
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 49: Point-to-point motion G function Significance MD20150 Path motion Point-to-point motion (synchronized axis motion) PTPG0 Point-to-point motion only with G0, otherwise path motion CP Group 50: Orientation programming G function Significance MD20150 ORIEULER Orientation angle via Euler angle ORIRPY Orientation angle via RPY angle (rotation sequence XYZ) - Page 548
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 52: Frame rotation in relation to workpiece G function Significance MD20150 PAROTOF Frame rotation in relation to workpiece OFF PAROT Frame rotation in relation to workpiece ON The workpiece coordinate system is aligned on the workpiece. - Page 549
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 55: Rapid traverse with/without linear interpolation G function Significance MD20150 RTLION Rapid traverse motion with linear interpolation ON RTLIOF Rapid traverse motion with linear interpolation OFF Rapid traverse motion is achieved with single-axis interpolation. Group 56: Inclusion of tool wear G function Significance… - Page 550
Tables 16.4 G function groups Group 60: Working area limitation G function Significance MD20150 WALCS0 Workpiece coordinate system working area limitation WALCS1 WCS working area limitation group 1 active WALCS2 WCS working area limitation group 2 active WALCS3 WCS working area limitation group 3 active WALCS4 WCS working area limitation group 4 active WALCS5… -
Page 551: Predefined Subroutine Calls
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls 1. Coordinate system Keyword / 1st parameter 2nd parameter 3rd-15th 4th-16th Explanation subroutine parameter parameter identifier PRESETON AXIS*: REAL: 3th-15th 4th-16th Sets the actual value for programmed Axis identifier Preset offset parameter parameter axes.
- Page 552
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls 3. Coupled motion Keyword / 1st parameter Explanation subroutine param. param. param. param. param. identifier TANG AXIS: Axis AXIS: AXIS: REAL: CHAR: CHAR Preparatory statement for the name Leading Leading Coupling Option: Optimi- definition of a tangential following axis axis 1 axis 2… - Page 553
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls 6. Revolutional feedrate Keyword / 1st parameter 2nd parameter Explanation subroutine identifier FPRAON AXIS: Axis, for which AXIS: Axis/spindle, from Feedrate per revolution axial ON: Axial revolutional feedrate is which revolutional feedrate revolutional feedrate ON. activated is derived. - Page 554
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls 7. Transformations Keyword / 1st parameter 2nd parameter Explanation subroutine identifier TRACYL REAL: Working INT: Number Cylinder: Peripheral surface transformation diameter of the trans- Several transformations can be set per channel. The transformation formation number specifies which transformation is to be activated. If the second parameter is omitted, the transformation group defined in the MD is activated. - Page 555
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls 9. Grinding Keyword / 1st parameter Explanation subroutine identifier GWPSON INT: Spindle Grinding wheel peripheral speed ON: Constant grinding wheel peripheral speed ON. number If the spindle number is not programmed, then grinding wheel peripheral speed is selected for the spindle of the active tool. - Page 556
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls 11. Execute table Keyword / 1st parameter Explanation subroutine identifier EXECTAB REAL [ 11]: Execute table: Execute an element from a motion table. Element from motion table 12. Protection zones Keyword / 1st parameter 2nd parameter 3rd parameter 4th parameter 5th parameter… - Page 557
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls NPROT INT: Number of INT: Option REAL: Offset of REAL: Offset of REAL: Offset of Machine- the protection protection zone protection zone protection zone specific 0: Protection zone in 1st geometry in 2nd geometry in 3rd geometry protection zone OFF axis… - Page 558
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls 16. Function definition Keyword / 1st parameter 2nd parameter 3rd parameter 4th-7th Explanation subroutine parameter identifier FCTDEF INT: Function REAL: Lower REAL: Upper REAL: Define polynomial. This is number limit value limit value Coefficients evaluated in SYFCT or a0 –… - Page 559
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls WAITM # INT: Marker INT: Wait: Wait for a marker to be numbers Channel reached in other channels. The numbers program waits until the WAITM 1 — 10 with the relevant marker has or STRING: been reached in the other Channel channel. - Page 560
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls The SPI function can also be used to program a spindle instead of an axis: GET(SPI(1)) #) The keyword is not valid for NCU571. ** Acknowledgement mode: Commands are acknowledged on request from the executing component (channel, NC, etc.). - Page 561
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls 22. Alarms Keyword / Explanation subroutine parameter parameter identifier SETAL INT: Alarm STRING: Set alarm: Sets alarm. A character string with up to four parameters can be number Character specified in addition to the alarm number. (cycle string The following predefined parameters are available:… - Page 562
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls POSM INT: Location no. INT: No. of the INT: INT: Position magazine for positioning magazine to Location Magazine be moved number of number of the internal the internal magazine magazine SETTIA VAR INT: Status = INT: Magazine INT: Wear Deactivate tool from wear group… - Page 563
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls COUPOF AXIS: AXIS: REAL: Block change is not enabled until Deselection Follow- Lead- this position has been crossed. of synchro- ing axis nous opera- axis or tion after following leading deactivation spindle spindle position (FS) (LS) been crossed. - Page 564
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls COUPON AXIS: AXIS: REAL:P The block change is enabled Activation Follow- Lead- according to the defined setting. with a ing axis Range of POS : 0 … 359.999 defined axis or degrees. angular following leading offset spindle spindle… - Page 565
Tables 16.5 Predefined subroutine calls 26. Structure statements in the STEP editor (editor-based program support) Keyword / 1st parameter 2nd parameter 3rd parameter Explanation subroutine identifier SEFORM STRING[128]: INT: level STRING[128]: Current section name for STEP section name icon editor Keyword / Explanation subroutine… -
Page 566: Predefined Subroutine Calls In Motion-Synchronous Actions
Tables 16.6 Predefined subroutine calls in motion-synchronous actions 16.6 Predefined subroutine calls in motion-synchronous actions 27. Synchronous procedures Keyword/ 1st parameter 2nd parameter 3rd parameter Explanation function identifier 5th parameter STOPREOF Stop preparation OFF: A synchronized action with a STOPREOF command causes a preprocessing stop after the next output block (= block for the main run).
-
Page 567: Predefined Functions
Tables 16.7 Predefined functions 16.7 Predefined functions Predefined functions Predefined functions are invoked by means of a function call. Function calls return a value. They can be included as an operand in an expression. 1. Coordinate system Keyword/ Result 1st parameter 2nd parameter Explanation function…
- Page 568
Tables 16.7 Predefined functions 2. Geometry functions Keyword/ Result 1st parameter 2nd parameter 3rd parameter Explanation function identifier CALCDAT BOOL: VAR REAL [,2]: INT: Number of VAR REAL [3]: CALCDAT: Calculate circle data Error status Table with input input points for Result: Calculates radius and center points (abscissa… - Page 569
Tables 16.7 Predefined functions 3. Axis functions Result 1st parameter 2nd parameter Explanation AXNAME AXIS: STRING [ ]: AXNAME: Get axis identifier Axis identifier Input string Converts the input string to an axis identifier. An alarm is generated if the input string does not contain a valid axis identifier. - Page 570
Tables 16.7 Predefined functions Result 1st par. 2nd par. 3rd par. 4th par. 5th par. 6th par. 7th par. 8th par. 9th par. SETTCOR INT: REAL: STRING: INT: INT: INT: STRING: INT: INT: INT: Status Offset Compo- Compo- Type of Index of Name of Int. - Page 571
Tables 16.7 Predefined functions 6. String functions Result 1st parameter 2nd parameter Explanation 3rd parameter ISNUMBER BOOL STRING Check whether the input string can be converted to a number. Result is TRUE if conversion is possible. ISVAR BOOL STRING Check whether the transfer parameter contains a variable known in the NC. - Page 572
Tables 16.7 Predefined functions Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 573: Appendix
Appendix List of abbreviations µC Micro Controller Output Automation system ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit: User switching circuit ASUB Asynchronous subprogram AuxF Auxiliary function Job planning Operating mode Ready to run Binary Coded Decimals: Decimal numbers encoded In binary code Basic Coordinate System Binary files (Binary Files) BIOS…
- Page 574
Appendix A.1 List of abbreviations Direct Control: Movement of the rotary axis via the shortest path to the absolute position within one revolution Data Carrier Detect Dynamic Data Exchange Deutsche Industrie Norm (German Industry Standard) Data Input/Output: Data transfer display Directory: Directory Dynamic Link Library Data transmission equipment… - Page 575
Appendix A.1 List of abbreviations Human Machine Interface: Operator functionality of SINUMERIK for operation, programming and simulation. High-resolution Measuring System Hardware Input/Output Infeed/regenerative-feedback unit (power supply) of the SIMODRIVE 611digital Startup Drive module pulse enable IK (GD) Implicit communication (global data) Interpolative Compensation: Interpolatory compensation Interface Module Interconnection module Interface Module Receive: Interconnection module for receiving data… - Page 576
Appendix A.1 List of abbreviations Numerical Control: Numerical Control Numerical Control Kernel: NC kernel with block preparation, traversing range, etc. Numerical Control Unit: Hardware unit of the NCK Name for the operating system of the NCK NURBS Non-Uniform Rational B-Spline Organization block in the PLC Original Equipment Manufacturer Operator Panel… - Page 577
Appendix A.1 List of abbreviations Subprogram SRAM Static RAM (non-volatile) Serial Synchronous Interface: Synchronous serial interface Statement list Software System Files System files Tool Tool change Testing Data Active: Identifier for machine data Tool length compensation TNRC Tool Nose Radius Compensation Tool Offset: Tool offset Tool offset Tool Offset Active: Identifier (file type) for tool offsets… -
Page 578: Feedback On The Documentation
This document will be continuously improved with regard to its quality and ease of use. Please help us with this task by sending your comments and suggestions for improvement via e-mail or fax to: E-mail: mailto:docu.motioncontrol@siemens.com Fax: +49 9131 — 98 2176 Please use the fax form on the back of this page.
- Page 579
Appendix A.2 Feedback on the documentation Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 580: Documentation Overview
Appendix A.3 Documentation overview Documentation overview A.3.1 828D document tree Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0…
-
Page 581: Glossary
Glossary Absolute dimensions A destination for an axis movement is defined by a dimension that refers to the origin of the currently active coordinate system. See → Incremental dimension Acceleration with jerk limitation In order to optimize the acceleration response of the machine whilst simultaneously protecting the mechanical components, it is possible to switch over in the machining program between abrupt acceleration and continuous (jerk-free) acceleration.
- Page 582
Glossary Auxiliary functions Auxiliary functions enable → part programs to transfer → parameters to the → PLC, which then trigger reactions defined by the machine manufacturer. Axes In accordance with their functional scope, the CNC axes are subdivided into: ● Axes: interpolating path axes ●… - Page 583
Glossary Basic Coordinate System Cartesian coordinate system which is mapped by transformation onto the machine coordinate system. The programmer uses axis names of the basic coordinate system in the → part program. The basic coordinate system exists parallel to the → machine coordinate system if no →… - Page 584
Glossary See → NC Component of the NC for the implementation and coordination of communication. Compensation axis Axis with a setpoint or actual value modified by the compensation value Compensation memory Data range in the control, in which the tool offset data are stored. Compensation table Table containing interpolation points. - Page 585
Glossary Coordinate system See → Machine coordinate system, → Workpiece coordinate system Central processing unit, see → PLC C-Spline The C-Spline is the most well-known and widely used spline. The transitions at the interpolation points are continuous, both tangentially and in terms of curvature. 3rd order polynomials are used. - Page 586
Glossary Differential Resolver Function: NC function which generates an incremental zero offset in Automatic mode in conjunction with an electronic handwheel. Drive The drive is the unit of the CNC that performs the speed and torque control based on the settings of the NC. - Page 587
Glossary Finished-part contour Contour of the finished workpiece. See → Raw part. Fixed machine point Point that is uniquely defined by the machine tool, e.g. machine reference point. Fixed-point approach Machine tools can approach fixed points such as a tool change point, loading point, pallet change point, etc. - Page 588
Glossary High-speed digital inputs/outputs The digital inputs can be used for example to start fast CNC program routines (interrupt routines). The digital CNC outputs can be used to trigger fast, program-controlled switching functions (SINUMERIK 840D). HIGHSTEP Summary of programming options for → PLCs of the AS300/AS400 system. Identifier In accordance with DIN 66025, words are supplemented using identifiers (names) for variables (arithmetic variables, system variables, user variables), subroutines, key words,… - Page 589
Glossary Interpolatory compensation Interpolatory compensation is a tool that enables manufacturing-related leadscrew error and measuring system error compensations (SSFK, MSFK). Interrupt routine Interrupt routines are special → subroutines that can be started by events (external signals) in the machining process. A part program block which is currently being worked through is interrupted and the position of the axes at the point of interruption is automatically saved. - Page 590
Glossary Limit speed Maximum/minimum (spindle) speed: The maximum speed of a spindle can be limited by specifying machine data, the → PLC or → setting data. Linear axis In contrast to a rotary axis, a linear axis describes a straight line. Linear interpolation The tool travels along a straight line to the destination point while machining the workpiece. - Page 591
Glossary Macro techniques Grouping of a set of statements under a single identifier. The identifier represents the set of consolidated statements in the program. Main block A block prefixed by «:» introductory block, containing all the parameters required to start execution of a →… - Page 592
Glossary Numerical Control: Numerical control (NC) includes all components of machine tool control: → NCK, → PLC, HMI, → COM. Note A more correct term for SINUMERIK 840D controls would be: Computerized Numerical Control Numerical Control Kernel: Component of NC that executes the → part programs and basically coordinates the motion operations for the machine tool. - Page 593
Glossary Oriented tool retraction : If machining is interrupted (e.g. when a tool breaks), a program command can be RETTOOL used to retract the tool in a user-specified orientation by a defined distance. Overall reset In the event of an overall reset, the following memories of the → CPU are deleted: ●… - Page 594
Glossary PCIN data transfer program PCIN is an auxiliary program for sending and receiving CNC user data (e.g. part programs, tool offsets, etc.) via a serial interface. The PCIN program can run in MS-DOS on standard industrial PCs. Peripheral module I/O modules represent the link between the CPU and the process. - Page 595
Glossary Pre-coincidence Block change occurs already when the path distance approaches an amount equal to a specifiable delta of the end position. Program block Program blocks contain the main program and subroutines of → part programs. Programmable frames Programmable → frames enable dynamic definition of new coordinate system output points while the part program is being executed. - Page 596
Glossary Rapid traverse The highest traverse rate of an axis. For example, rapid traverse is used when the tool approaches the → workpiece contour from a resting position or when the tool is retracted from the workpiece contour. The rapid traverse velocity is set on a machine-specific basis using a machine data element. - Page 597
Glossary Setting data Data, which communicates the properties of the machine tool to the NC, as defined by the system software. Softkey A key, whose name appears on an area of the screen. The choice of soft keys displayed is dynamically adapted to the operating situation. - Page 598
Glossary Synchronized Actions 1. Auxiliary function output During workpiece machining, technological functions (→ auxiliary functions) can be output from the CNC program to the PLC. For example, these auxiliary functions are used to control additional equipment for the machine tool, such as quills, grabbers, clamping chucks, etc. - Page 599
Glossary TOA area The TOA area includes all tool and magazine data. By default, this area coincides with the → channel area with regard to the reach of the data. However, machine data can be used to specify that multiple channels share one → TOA unit so that common tool management data is then available to these channels. - Page 600
Glossary User memory All programs and data, such as part programs, subroutines, comments, tool offsets, and zero offsets/frames, as well as channel and program user data, can be stored in the shared CNC user memory. User Program User programs for the S7-300 automation systems are created using the programming language STEP 7. - Page 601
Glossary Working memory RAM is a work memory in the → CPU that the processor accesses when processing the application program. Workpiece Part to be made/machined by the machine tool. Workpiece contour Set contour of the → workpiece to be created or machined. Workpiece coordinate system The workpiece coordinate system has its starting point in the →… - Page 602
Glossary Fundamentals Programming Manual, 07/2010, 6FC5398-1BP40-0BA0… -
Page 603: Index
Index Address, 37 Adjustable, 528 Extended address, 451 Fixed addresses, 525 $AA_ACC, 141 modally effective, 450 $AA_FGREF, 118 non-modal, 450 $AA_FGROUP, 118 Value assignment, 41 $AA_OFF, 389 with axial extension, 450 $AC_F_TYPE, 157 With axis expansion, 526 $AC_FGROUP_MASK, 118 Address letters, 524 $AC_FZ, 157 Addresses, 448 $AC_S_TYPE, 100…
- Page 604
Index Axis With center and end points, 212, 216 Container, 443 With interpolation and end points, 212, 229 -types, 435 With opening angle and center point, 212, 223 Axis types With polar angle and polar radius, 212 Special axes, 438 With polar coordinates, 226 With radius and end point, 212, 220 With tangential transition, 212… - Page 605
Index CUT2D, 329 DITS, 265 CUT2DF, 329 DRFOF, 389 CUTCONOF, 332 Drill, 74 CUTCONON, 332 DRIVE, 422 Cutting edge DRIVEA, 422 Center point, 70 Dwell time, 431 Position, 70 DYNFINISH, 427 Radius, 70 DYNNORM, 427 Cutting edges DYNPOS, 427 Number of contour tools, 329 DYNROUGH, 427 Cutting rate, 95 DYNSEMIFIN, 427… - Page 606
Index Clamping torque, 419 G34, 268 Monitoring, 419 G340, 310 FL, 111 G341, 310 FMA, 149 G347, 310 FP, 412 G348, 310 FPR, 134 G35, 268 FPRAOF, 134 G4, 431 FPRAON, 134 G40, 289 Frame, 351 G41, 81, 289 Deselect, 388 G42, 81, 289 Mirroring, programmable, 379 G450, 306… - Page 607
Index G971, 101 G972, 101 K, 212, 216, 270 G973, 101 K…, 257, 268 Geometry Kinematic transformation, 30 Axes, 437 KONT, 299 Geometry axes, 30 KONTC, 299 Grinding tools, 75 KONTT, 299 Grinding wheel Peripheral speed, 107 GWPS, 75, 107 GWPSOF, 107 GWPSON, 107 Left-hand thread, 259… - Page 608
Index Messages, 401 POLFMLIN, 277 Milling tools, 72 POS, 120 MIRROR, 353 POSA, 120 MIRROR, 379 Position offset, 389 Modal, 39 Positioning axes, 440 Monitoring Positions Fixed stop, 418 Read, 321 MSG, 401 POSP, 120 PR, 310 Preprocessing stop Internal, 433 Program Names, 35 End, 39, 399… - Page 609
Index RPL, 364 Programmed, 399 RTLIOF, 204 Straight lines RTLION, 204 Interpolation, 209 SUPA, 159, 388 S-value Interpretation, 93 SVC, 95 S, 91, 107 Synchronized S1, 91 Axes, 441 S2, 91 System SCALE, 353, 375 -dependent availability, 5 Scale factor, 375 SZS, 33 SCC, 101 SD42440, 173… - Page 610
Index Offset, 86 Tool point X…, 195 Direction, relevant, 335 X2, 247 Tool radius compensation X3, 249 At outside corners, 306 CUT2D, 330 Toolholder -reference point, 25 Tooth feedrate, 153 Y…, 195 TOROT, 384 TOROTOF, 384 TOROTX, 384 TOROTY, 384 Z…, 195 TOROTZ, 384 Z1, 249, 252…
-
02-03-2016, 10:38 AM
#1
- Join Date
- Aug 2009
- Posts
- 7
NEED HELP 828D alarm 4065
Please help I have milling machin with control siemens sinumerik 828d basic m
And alarm 4065 is on what can I do
-
05-15-2023, 11:39 AM
#2
- Join Date
- May 2023
- Posts
- 1
Re: NEED HELP 828D alarm 4065
Please help me for remove 4065 alarm in 828d
Quick Navigation
SIEMENS -> Sinumerik 802D/808D/810D/828D/840D
Top
- Site Areas
- Settings
- Private Messages
- Subscriptions
- Who’s Online
- Search Forums
- Forums Home
- Forums
- IndustryArena Site Support
- Questions or Problems
- Events, Product Announcements Etc
- News Announcements
- Trade Shows / Webinars / Other Events
- Polls
- Videos
- Want To Buy…Need help!
- USED MACHINES
- For Sale Only
- Community Club House
- Mentors & Apprentice Locator
- Education — Teachers and Students Hangout
- Complaints and Praise Discussions
- Environmental / Alternate Energy
- Computer Technology
- USB, RS232, PARALLEL etc
- Computers / Desktops / Networking
- Employment Opportunity / RFQ (Request for Quote).
- Manufacture Company Listing
- Employment Opportunity
- RFQ (Request for Quote)
- North America RFQ’s
- EUROPE RFQ’s
- RFQ Feedback
- Machinery Manual, Brochure / Photo Archives
- Machinery Manuals / Brochures
- Member / Shop Photos
- CAM Software
- Uncategorised CAM Discussion
- Autodesk CAM
- Autodesk Post Processors
- ArtCam Pro
- Alphacam
- BobCad-Cam
- BobCAM for SolidWorks™
- BobCad Post Processors
- Tutorials
- CAM System — Compare
- CamWorks
- CamBam
- CutLeader
- Dolphin CAD/CAM
- EdgeCam
- Esprit
- EZ-CAM Solutions
- EnRoute
- FeatureCAM CAD/CAM
- GibbsCAM
- Hypermill
- Mastercam
- Post Processors for MC
- MadCAM
- OneCNC
- Postprocessor for CAM
- PTC Pro/Manufacture
- PowerMILL
- Rhinocam
- SheetCam
- Post Processor Files
- Surfcam
- SolidCAM for SolidWorks and SolidCAM for Inventor
- SprutCAM
- UG NX
- Vectric
- Aspire
- Cut2D / Cut3D
- PhotoVCarve and VCarve Pro
- Post Processors
- Visual Mill
- ZW3D CAM
- CAD Software
- Uncategorised CAD Discussion
- Autodesk
- Logic Trace CNC/DXF
- Rhino 3D
- Solidworks
- ViaCad / Shark
- Mechanical Engineering
- Epoxy Granite
- Linear and Rotary Motion
- Mechanical Calculations/Engineering Design
- T-Slot CNC building
- WoodWorking
- General WoodWorking
- WoodWorking Machines
- Uncategorised WoodWorking Machines
- CNC Machining Centers
- Commercial CNC Wood Routers
- Biesse
- Blue Elephant CNC
- Camaster
- Chinese Machines
- DynaCNC
- Excitech routers
- Gerber
- Gorilla CNC Machines
- K2CNC
- Larken
- Omni CNC
- Multicam Machines
- Roctech CNC Routers
- Shopsabre
- Techno CNC
- XYZ Gantry Routers
- DIY CNC Router Table Machines
- FAQ of DIY CNC Machine Building
- Avid CNC
- CNC Wood Router Project Log
- FineLine Automation
- Joes CNC Model 2006
- Momus Design CNC plans
- Open Source CNC Machine Designs
- Zen Toolworks
- Wood Lathes / Mills
- MetalWorking
- General MetalWork Discussion
- Bending, Forging, Extrusion…
- Casting Metals
- Diemaking / Diecutting
- Mass finishing equipment/media/strategies
- Moldmaking
- Welding Brazing Soldering Sealing
- 80/20 TSLOTS / Other Aluminum Framing Systems
- MetalWorking Machines
- Uncategorised MetalWorking Machines
- Vertical Mill, Lathe Project Log
- Bending- and Punching Machines
- Drilling- and Milling Machines
- Auto Tool Changer
- Benchtop Machines
- X3/SX3/G0619/G0463
- RF-45 Clone Mill
- Taig Mills / Lathes
- Mini Lathe
- Turning Machines
- Bridgeport Machines
- Bridgeport / Romi Lathes
- Bridgeport / Hardinge Mills
- Cincinnati CNC
- CNC Swiss Screw Machines
- CITIZEN Machines
- Colchester Tornado lathes
- CNC «do-it-yourself»
- CNC Machining Centres
- Daewoo/Doosan
- Deckel, Maho, Aciera, Abene Mills
- Dyna Mechtronics
- EMCO CNC Machines
- EMCO Lathe
- EMCO Mills
- Fadal
- Haas Machines
- Haas Lathes
- Haas Mills
- Haas Visual Quick Code
- Hardinge Lathes
- Harrison Alpha
- Hitachi Seikis
- HURCO
- Hyundai Kia
- Kitamura
- Knee Vertical Mills
- Mikinimech
- Milltronics
- Mori Seiki Machines
- Mori Seiki lathes
- Mori Seiki Mills
- Novakon
- OKK
- Okuma
- Sharp CNC
- Shopmaster/Shoptask
- Smithy
- South Bend Machinery
- Swiss Lathes
- Syil Products
- Tormach Personal CNC Mill
- Tormach Slant Lathe
- Tormach PathPilot™
- Toyoda
- Tree
- Uncategorised MetalWorking Machines
- General Manufacturing Processes
- Milling
- Turning
- Drilling
- Grinding
- Chucking and Measuring
- Other Manufacturing Processes
- Safety Zone
- CNC Plasma, EDM / Waterjet Machines
- General Waterjet
- General EDM Discussion
- General CNC Plasma / Oxy Fuel Cutting Machines
- Plasma, EDM / Other similar machine Project Log
- DynaTorch
- PlasmaCam
- Hypertherm Plasma
- Torchmate
- Laser Engraving and Cutting Machines
- Commercial Laser
- AEON Laser
- BODOR Laser
- BOSS Laser
- G.Weike Laser
- Hurricane Laser
- LOGILASE Laser
- Redsail Laser
- Thunder Laser
- General Laser Engraving / Cutting Machine Discussion
- General Fiber Laser Cutting
- Laser Control Software
- LaserCut
- Laser Hardware
- Laser CO2 Tubes, Diodes, RF and Power Supplies
- Commercial Laser
- P2X4A
- Power-to-X-for-Applications
- Other Machines
- General Other Machine Discussion
- CNC Wire Foam Cutter Machines
- Digitizing and Laser Digitizing
- Engraving Machines
- Machine Created Art
- Printing, Scanners, Vinyl cutting and Plotters
- PCB milling
- Commercial Products / Manufacturers Support Forums
- Automation Technology Products
- Bulltear Industries Support Forum
- Charter Oak Automation Support Forum
- CNC4PC
- General Maintenance
- SERVICE FOR CNC-MACHINES
- Maintenance DIY Discussion
- BallScrew Repair
- CNC Electronics
- General CNC Machine Related Electronics
- Dmm Technology
- DeskCNC Controller Board
- Gecko Drives
- G-REX
- Hobbycnc (Products)
- Phase Converters
- Leadshine
- PIC Programing / Design
- Rutex Products
- Servo Drives
- Servo Motors / Drives
- SmoothStepper Motion Control
- Spindles / VFD
- Stepper Motors / Drives
- UHU Servo Controllers
- Viper Servo drives
- Xylotex
- Machine Controllers Software and Solutions
- General CNC (Mill / Lathe) Control Software (NC)
- Bosch Rexroth
- Centroid CNC Control Products
- Controller Cards
- CamSoft Products
- Controller & Computer Solutions
- Dynomotion/Kflop/Kanalog
- Dynapath
- EdingCNC
- CNC-EDITOR
- CS-Lab CNC Products
- Deckel / Dialog
- LinuxCNC (formerly EMC2)
- FlashCut CNC
- Mori Seiki Software
- Fagor Automation
- Fanuc
- Mazak, Mitsubishi, Mazatrol
- G-Code Programing
- Parametric Programing
- Mach Software (ArtSoft software)
- Mach Wizards, Macros, & Addons
- Machines running Mach Software
- Mach Lathe
- Mach Mill
- Mach Plasma / Laser
- Mach 4
- Screen Layouts, Post Processors & Misc
- Fidia
- Mitsubishi controls
- DNC Problems and Solutions
- NCPlot G-Code editor / backplotter
- UCCNC Control Software
- PlanetCNC
- SIEMENS Sinumerik CNC controls
- SIEMENS -> GENERAL
- SIEMENS -> Sinumerik 802D/808D/810D/828D/840D
- SIEMENS -> Sinumerik 810M/810T
- SIEMENS -> Sinumerik 840C
- SIEMENS -> ShopMill
- SIEMENS -> ShopTurn
- SIEMENS -> SinuTrain
- HEIDENHAIN
- HEIDENHAIN -> GENERIC
- HEIDENHAIN -> TNC
- HEIDENHAIN -> MillPlus
- HEIDENHAIN -> ManualPlus / CNC Pilot
- HEIDENHAIN -> iTNC530 PC-SOFTWARE
- Index and Traub
- Visual Basic
- Okuma
- WinCnc
- Philips
- OpenSource CNC Design Center
- Opensource Forum Rules
- Arduino
- Coding
- OpenSource Software
- Open Source Controller Boards
- Engraving / Art Design Software
- General Jewelry Design Software
- SignMaking
- General Signmaking Topics
- Portfolio Board
- Additive Manufacturing / 3D Printers and 3D Scanners
- General 3D Printer / 3D Scanner Discussion
- 3D Printing / Scanning Software and Hardware
- Electronics
- Material Technology
- General Material Machining Solutions
- Composites, Exotic Metals etc
- Glass, Plastic and Stone
- Vacuum forming, Thermoforming etc
- Metallurgy
- Plastic injection
- Hard / High Speed Machining
- Tools / Tooling Technology
- Calibration / Measurement
- CNC Tooling
- Metalworking- / Woodworking Tooling / Manual Machining
- Work Fixtures / Hold-Down Solutions
- Toolgrinding / Toolgrinding Machines
- Hobby Projects
- Wooden Clocks
- Hobby Discussion
- I.C. Engines
- Gunsmithing
- Musical Instrument Design and Construction
- RC Robotics and Autonomous Robots
Similar Threads
-
Replies: 6
Last Post: 11-28-2018, 10:18 PM
-
Replies: 4
Last Post: 09-27-2014, 08:14 PM
-
Replies: 1
Last Post: 01-21-2013, 02:11 PM
-
Replies: 3
Last Post: 06-25-2012, 06:12 PM
Tags for this Thread

Posting Permissions
- You may not post new threads
- You may not post replies
- You may not post attachments
- You may not edit your posts
- BB code is On
- Smilies are On
- [IMG] code is On
- [VIDEO] code is On
- HTML code is Off
Forum Rules
- 4 Апр 2023
А внизу у вас дополнительного поля вспомогательных кнопок нет? Там должна быть отдельная кнопка сброса ошибок.
- 4 Апр 2023
paul-th сказал(а):
А внизу у вас дополнительного поля вспомогательных кнопок нет? Там должна быть отдельная кнопка сброса ошибок.
Поля есть, но по ошибке 4065 они не рисуют кнопки сброса. Сброс сделал так
Ошибка 4065 и после POWER-ON-Reset должна быть дополнительно квитирована через интерфейс HMI: Интерфейс HMI: Переключение области управления > Диагностика > Диагностика ЧПУ/PLC > Диагностика > Экранная кнопка «Acknowledge alarm 4065»
Потом ребут и аппарат забегал.
- 4 Апр 2023
Здравствуйте может кто поможет , сбилась револьверная головка. Станок токарно-фрезерный
Voest-Alpine WNC 300 ЧПУ Sinumeric 880t
Из документации только электросхема . Я нашел модуль который отвечает за смену позиции он самописный от производителя станка называется FB223
ссылка скрыта от публикации
Уж больно STL сложный ,может кто подскажет куда смотреть.
ЧПУ Sinumeric 880t
Файл PLC
ссылка скрыта от публикации
- 5 Апр 2023
Поясните что вы понимаете под словом «сбилась». Куда сбилась, что сбилось? Станок работает?
- 5 Апр 2023
paul-th сказал(а):
Поясните что вы понимаете под словом «сбилась». Куда сбилась, что сбилось? Станок работает?
Во время ручного поворота ,инструментальный диск не повернулся на нужную позицию , остановилась посередине между 5 и 6 инструментом и не зажался . Оператор зачем-то крутанул диск не зажатый на первый инструмент. И теперь даже когда мы установили позицию 6 и зажали ,все равно выдает ошибку 9075
- 5 Апр 2023
kanapello, блок формирует 4 ошибки. начните с того которая из них активна
- 8 Апр 2023
Lucky сказал(а):
kanapello, блок формирует 4 ошибки. начните с того которая из них активна
Посмотреть вложение 172206
Lucky ,
A.VE в 1 , я как понял дальше эти ошибки не как не обрабатываются , это флаги для определения проблемы ? Видимо в документации к флагу F58.3 решение этой проблемы и ее название.
Но все равно ничего не понятно , как ее убрать.
- 9 Апр 2023
kanapello, ошибки сбрасываются через некий вход I127.0
- 10 Апр 2023
Стоп, парни! Это -же 880 модель. Похоже что слетела память :-в оригинале должен быть английский язык, когда слетает память, NC переходит на немецкий. Автор, рисани-ка основное окно, с координатами осей. Потом перейди на 1-ую страничку темы, завари себе кофейку и внимательно изучи пару страниц. Но инсталляцию пока не делай. Проверь батарейку поддержания памяти и расскажи о результатах. Попытайся найти хоть какую-то документацию, поройся в силовом шкафу, немцы всегда оставляют инсталляционные флоппи-диски в книжках, на обложке! Ищи диски!
- 10 Апр 2023
Доброго дня всем! Проблема со станком, токарный, стойка sinumerik 808d. Нету plc файлов, нету архивов, нету дисков, нету инструкции, ничего от него нету…. Станок включается, загружается, ошибки 5 штук (фото прикрепил). Подозрения на plc(отсутсвие, повреждение, или пытались с другого станка слить). Что творили со станком до меня — не знаю. Концевики конечно же проверялись, ничего не нажато.
-
IMG_20230410_155544_364.jpg
391,8 КБ
· Посмотрено: 57
- 10 Апр 2023
petro71rus, начни с питаний входов, plc можно посмотреть и слить самостоятельно. В 808 системе всё доступно
- 10 Апр 2023
Так, спокойно. Все концевики осей запитываются с одной точки! Т. е , на пульте мы видим кучу ошибок концевиков. Значит,лезем в шкаф и по книжке ищем колодку Х.013, или Х 008… Склероз проклятый… Короче, по книжке надо найти коммутационную колодку и проверить входящие на концевики 24 вольта. Идти по схеме,может просто выбило автомат .
- 20 Апр 2023
Здравствуйте, на станке DMC1035 с sinumerik 810d pcu20 ccu3.4 не могу установить архив nc c pc карты. После начала установки, через некоторое время, выкидывает с сообщением: rs 232c transmission error has occurred — error log.
Нужны правильные настройки rs232c?
Помогите , люди добрые!
- 20 Апр 2023
yura19 сказал(а):
Что за карта, куда втыкаете?
- 20 Апр 2023
paul-th сказал(а):
yura19 сказал(а):
Что за карта, куда втыкаете?
PCMCIA в слот на PCU20
yura19 сказал(а):
paul-th сказал(а):
yura19 сказал(а):
Что за карта, куда втыкаете?
PCMCIA в слот на PCU20
Машина видит содержимое, но при попытке заливки архивов затыкается
- 20 Апр 2023
yura19 сказал(а):
выкидывает с сообщением: rs 232c transmission error has occurred — error log
Так а что в логе то написано?
- 20 Апр 2023
Lucky сказал(а):
yura19 сказал(а):
выкидывает с сообщением: rs 232c transmission error has occurred — error log
Так а что в логе то написано?
Где посмотреть?
- 20 Апр 2023
yura19 сказал(а):
Lucky сказал(а):
yura19 сказал(а):
выкидывает с сообщением: rs 232c transmission error has occurred — error log
Так а что в логе то написано?
Где посмотреть?
Вообще непонятно причём PCMCIA карта к порту RS232? Я по памяти не могу воспроизвести уже последовательность восстановления из архива с карты, но порт RS232 там точно не используется.
- 21 Апр 2023
Lucky сказал(а):
yura19 сказал(а):
Lucky сказал(а):
yura19 сказал(а):
выкидывает с сообщением: rs 232c transmission error has occurred — error log
Так а что в логе то написано?
Где посмотреть?
Вообще непонятно причём PCMCIA карта к порту RS232? Я по памяти не могу воспроизвести уже последовательность восстановления из архива с карты, но порт RS232 там точно не используется.
-
IMG_20230420_175722.jpg
242 КБ
· Посмотрено: 39
- 21 Апр 2023
yura19 сказал(а):
Lucky сказал(а):
yura19 сказал(а):
Lucky сказал(а):
yura19 сказал(а):
выкидывает с сообщением: rs 232c transmission error has occurred — error log
Так а что в логе то написано?
Где посмотреть?
Вообще непонятно причём PCMCIA карта к порту RS232? Я по памяти не могу воспроизвести уже последовательность восстановления из архива с карты, но порт RS232 там точно не используется.
Внизу кнопка Error log
- 23 Апр 2023
yura19 сказал(а):
paul-th сказал(а):
yura19 сказал(а):
Машина видит содержимое, но при попытке заливки архивов затыкается
Лет 18 назад было подобное, ну может не точно на таком процессоре, (у тебя ведь три оси? ) но тоже синумерик драйвер.
Так вот, там к слоту карты была привязана микруха ссылка скрыта от публикации , она была плохая
- 26 Апр 2023
yura19, а сброс NC PLC делали? Уровень доступа Manufact. (Пароль вводили) ?
- 27 Апр 2023
Должно быть окно «SERVISE», там устанавливаются параметры интерфейса. Ищи это окошко, подгони параметры и все пойдет!
- 10 Май 2023
SINUMERIK840D NCU-BOX 13A
Может есть у кого под рукой , какие конденсаторы должны стоять в оригинале? Стрелкой красной помечены.
- 10 Май 2023
Добрый день ,не подскажите станок DMU50 Ульяновский система Sinumerik 840D sl , ошибка 700259 сепаратор масляного тумана , заменить фильтр ,ошибку формирует датчик дифференциального давления воздуха . Собственно вопрос как в машинных параметрах отключить реакцию на этот датчик или вообще его отключить в PLC . Я думал это тут MD14516 $MN_USER_DATA_PLC_ALARM будет находится ,но на станке вообще этого параметра нет, и по справочнику там только до Variable for alarm 700247 описание идет . Прошу ответить по существу ,вариант заменить фильтр(заказали, срок поставки не быстрый) не предлагать.